1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
34 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
35 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
38 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
39 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
40 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
41 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
42 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
43 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
44 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
45 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
46 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
47 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
48 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
49 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
50 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
51 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
56 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
57 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
58 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
59 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bfd_boolean
);
61 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
62 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
63 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
64 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
65 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
66 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
67 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
68 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
69 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
70 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
71 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
73 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
74 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
75 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
76 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
77 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
78 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
79 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
80 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
81 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
82 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
83 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
85 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
86 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
87 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
88 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
89 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
90 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
91 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
92 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
93 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
96 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
97 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
98 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
99 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
100 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
101 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
102 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
103 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
104 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
105 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
106 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
107 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
108 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
109 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
110 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
111 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
112 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
113 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
114 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust
115 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
116 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
117 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
118 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
119 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
120 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
121 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
122 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
123 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
124 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
125 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
126 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
127 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
129 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
131 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
133 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
134 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
135 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
137 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
138 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
140 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
142 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
143 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
144 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
145 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
146 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
148 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
149 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
150 /* TOC base alignment. */
151 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
153 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
154 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
155 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
157 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
158 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
159 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
160 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
161 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
162 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
163 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
164 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
165 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
166 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
168 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
169 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
170 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
171 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
172 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
174 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
175 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
176 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
177 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
178 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
179 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
180 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
182 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
183 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
184 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
186 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
187 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
188 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
190 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
191 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
192 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
193 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
194 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
195 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
196 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
197 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
198 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
199 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
200 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
201 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
202 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
203 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
204 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
205 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
206 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
207 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
208 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
210 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in R0. */
211 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
212 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : 14 * 4))
216 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
217 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
219 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
220 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
221 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
222 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
228 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
229 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
230 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
231 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
232 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
235 #define NOP 0x60000000
237 /* Some other nops. */
238 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
239 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
241 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
242 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
243 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
245 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
247 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
248 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
250 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
251 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
252 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
253 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
254 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
255 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
256 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
257 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
258 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
259 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
260 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
261 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
263 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
264 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
265 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
266 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
267 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
268 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
272 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
276 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
278 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
282 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
284 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
285 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
288 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
289 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
290 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
291 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
292 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
293 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
294 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
295 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
296 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
297 complain, special_func) \
298 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
299 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
300 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
302 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
304 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
306 /* This reloc does nothing. */
307 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
308 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
310 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
311 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
312 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
314 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
315 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
316 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
317 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
319 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
320 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
324 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
332 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
333 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
336 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
337 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
338 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
339 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
341 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
342 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
343 bits must be zero. */
344 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
345 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
347 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
348 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
349 two bits must be zero. */
350 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
351 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
353 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
354 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
355 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
357 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
358 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
359 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
361 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
365 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
366 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
368 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
369 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
371 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
372 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
374 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
375 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
377 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
379 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
380 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
382 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
384 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
385 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
387 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
389 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
390 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
392 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
394 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
395 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
397 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
398 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
399 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
400 shared library into the object, because the object being
401 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
402 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
403 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
405 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
407 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
408 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
410 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
411 entry for a symbol. */
412 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
413 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
415 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
416 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
418 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
419 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
421 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
422 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
423 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
425 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
426 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
427 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
429 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
430 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
431 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
433 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
434 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
435 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
437 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
438 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
439 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
440 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
442 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
444 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
445 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
447 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
449 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
450 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
452 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
454 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
455 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
457 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
458 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
459 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
461 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
462 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
463 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
465 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
466 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
467 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
469 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
470 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
473 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE
, dont
,
475 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
477 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
479 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
480 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
481 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
483 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
484 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
485 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
487 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
488 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
489 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
492 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
493 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
494 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
496 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
497 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
498 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
501 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
502 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
503 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
505 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
506 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
507 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
509 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
510 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
511 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
513 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
515 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
516 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
517 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
519 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
520 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
521 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
522 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
524 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
525 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
526 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
527 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
529 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
530 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
531 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
532 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
534 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
535 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
537 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
538 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
539 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
541 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
542 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
543 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
544 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
546 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
547 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
548 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
549 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
550 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
551 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
552 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
553 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
554 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
555 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
,signed,
556 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
558 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
559 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
560 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
561 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
563 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
564 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
565 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
566 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
568 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
569 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
571 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
572 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
573 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
575 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
577 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
580 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
581 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
583 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
584 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
585 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
587 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
593 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
597 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
601 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
605 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
609 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
613 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
614 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
616 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
617 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
618 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
619 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
621 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
622 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
623 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
625 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
626 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
628 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
629 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
631 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
632 each plt call stub. */
633 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
634 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
636 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
637 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
638 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
640 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
641 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
643 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
644 definition of its TLS sym. */
645 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
646 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
648 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
649 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
650 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
651 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
652 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
654 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
655 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
656 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
659 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
660 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
662 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
663 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
664 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
666 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
670 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
674 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
686 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
690 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
694 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
695 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
696 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
697 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
699 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
700 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
703 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
704 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
705 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
707 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
708 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
709 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
711 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
715 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
719 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
723 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
731 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
735 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
739 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
740 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
741 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
742 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
743 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
745 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
746 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
747 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
749 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
750 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
751 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
753 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
754 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
755 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
757 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
758 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
759 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
760 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
761 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
763 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
764 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
765 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
767 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
768 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
769 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
771 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
772 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
773 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
775 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
776 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
777 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
778 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
780 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
781 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
782 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
784 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
785 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
786 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
788 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
789 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
790 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
792 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
793 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
794 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
795 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
797 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
798 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
799 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
801 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
802 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
803 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
805 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
806 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
807 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
809 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
810 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
812 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
813 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
815 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
816 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
817 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
819 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
820 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
821 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
823 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
824 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
825 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
827 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
828 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
829 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
832 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
833 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
835 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
838 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
839 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
841 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
844 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
845 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
847 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
850 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
854 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
855 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
858 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
859 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
860 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
862 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
863 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
866 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
868 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
870 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
872 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
874 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
876 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
880 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
882 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
884 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
886 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
888 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
890 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
891 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
893 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
894 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
896 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
897 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
899 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
900 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
902 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
903 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
905 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
906 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
908 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
909 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
911 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
912 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
914 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
915 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
917 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
918 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
920 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
921 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
923 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
924 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
926 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
927 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
929 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
930 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
932 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
933 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
935 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
936 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
938 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
939 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
941 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
942 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
944 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
947 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
948 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
950 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
953 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
954 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
956 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
959 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
960 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
962 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
965 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
966 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
968 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
969 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
971 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
972 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
975 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
976 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
981 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
985 ppc_howto_init (void)
987 unsigned int i
, type
;
989 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
991 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
992 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
993 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
997 static reloc_howto_type
*
998 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
999 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1001 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1003 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1004 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1010 /* xgettext:c-format */
1011 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1013 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1016 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1018 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1020 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1022 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1024 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1026 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1028 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1030 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1032 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1034 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1036 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1038 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1040 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1042 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1044 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1046 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1048 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1050 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1052 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1054 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1056 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1058 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1060 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1062 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1064 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1066 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1068 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1070 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1072 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1074 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1076 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1078 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1080 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1082 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1084 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1086 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1088 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1090 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1092 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1094 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1096 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1098 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1100 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1102 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1104 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1106 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1108 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1110 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1112 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1114 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1116 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1118 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1120 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1122 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1124 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1126 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1128 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1130 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1132 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1134 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1136 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1138 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1140 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1141 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1143 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1145 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1147 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1149 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1151 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1153 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1155 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1157 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1159 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1161 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1163 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1165 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1167 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1169 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1171 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1173 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1175 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1177 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1179 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1181 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1183 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1185 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1187 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1189 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1191 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1193 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1195 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1197 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1199 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1201 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1203 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1205 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1207 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1209 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1211 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1213 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1215 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1217 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1219 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1221 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1223 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1225 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1227 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1229 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1231 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1233 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1235 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1237 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1239 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1241 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1243 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1245 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1247 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1249 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1251 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1253 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1255 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1257 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1259 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1261 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1263 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1265 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1267 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1269 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1271 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1273 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1275 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1277 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1279 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
;
1281 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
;
1283 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
;
1285 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
;
1287 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1289 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1291 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1293 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1295 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1297 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1299 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1301 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1303 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1305 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1307 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1309 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1313 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1316 static reloc_howto_type
*
1317 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1322 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1323 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1324 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1325 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1330 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1333 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1334 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1338 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1339 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1342 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1343 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1345 /* xgettext:c-format */
1346 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1348 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1351 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1352 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1354 /* xgettext:c-format */
1355 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1357 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1364 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1366 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1367 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1368 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1369 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1371 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1373 bfd_size_type octets
;
1376 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1377 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1379 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1380 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1381 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1383 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1384 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1386 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1387 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1388 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1389 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1390 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1391 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1393 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1394 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1395 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1398 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1399 value
= symbol
->value
;
1400 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1401 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1402 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1403 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1404 + input_section
->output_offset
1405 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1406 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1408 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
1409 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1411 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1412 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1413 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1414 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1415 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1418 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1419 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1420 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1421 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1423 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1424 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1425 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1427 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1428 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1430 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1431 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1433 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1434 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1435 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1436 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1440 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1442 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1443 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1444 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1448 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1450 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1452 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1454 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1460 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1462 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1465 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1466 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1467 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1468 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1471 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1472 bfd_size_type octets
;
1473 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1474 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
1476 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1477 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1479 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1480 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1481 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1483 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
1484 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1485 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1486 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1487 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1488 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1489 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1493 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1494 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1495 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1496 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1498 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1508 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1509 target
= symbol
->value
;
1510 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1511 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1512 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1514 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1515 + input_section
->output_offset
1516 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1518 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1519 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1522 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1524 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1525 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1528 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1529 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1530 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1531 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1533 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1534 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1536 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1537 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1538 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1540 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1541 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1542 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1545 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1546 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1547 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1548 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1550 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1551 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1553 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1554 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1555 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1557 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1558 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1560 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1561 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1562 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1565 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1566 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1567 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1568 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1572 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1573 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1575 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1576 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1577 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1579 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1581 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1583 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1584 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1585 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1588 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1589 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1590 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1591 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1595 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1596 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1598 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1599 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1600 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1602 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1604 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1606 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1607 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1609 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1610 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1611 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1614 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1615 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1616 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1617 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1620 bfd_size_type octets
;
1622 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1623 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1625 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1626 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1627 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1629 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1631 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1633 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
1634 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1635 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1638 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1639 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1640 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1641 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1646 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1647 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1648 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1650 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1652 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1654 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1655 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1656 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1657 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1658 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1659 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1661 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1663 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1664 + input_section
->output_offset
1665 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1668 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1669 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1670 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1671 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1672 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1673 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1674 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1675 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1676 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1677 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1680 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1681 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1682 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1683 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1685 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1686 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1688 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1689 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1690 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1692 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1694 static char buf
[60];
1695 sprintf (buf
, "generic linker can't handle %s",
1696 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
1697 *error_message
= buf
;
1699 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1702 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1703 than one got entry per symbol. */
1706 struct got_entry
*next
;
1708 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1711 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1712 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1713 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1714 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1715 we merge entries within the group.
1717 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1720 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1721 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1722 unsigned char tls_type
;
1724 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1725 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1727 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1730 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1732 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1736 /* The same for PLT. */
1739 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1745 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1750 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1752 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1754 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1758 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1759 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1760 asection
*deleted_section
;
1762 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1763 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1764 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1768 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1769 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1771 /* Section contents. */
1775 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1776 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1777 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1779 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1780 instruction not one we handle. */
1781 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1783 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1785 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1788 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1789 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1791 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1792 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1794 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1795 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1796 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1798 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1801 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1803 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1807 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1808 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1811 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1813 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1816 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1818 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1820 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1822 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1823 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1824 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1827 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1830 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1833 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1835 size_t offset
, size
;
1837 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1841 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1844 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1850 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1851 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1852 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1856 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1858 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1861 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1862 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1863 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1864 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1865 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1866 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1872 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1882 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1885 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1886 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1887 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1888 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1890 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1891 -Wstringop-truncation:
1892 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1894 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1896 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1897 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1901 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1902 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1913 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1914 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1915 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1916 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1917 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1918 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1919 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1920 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1921 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1923 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1924 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1929 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1931 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1933 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1934 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1935 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1936 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1937 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1938 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1939 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1942 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
1948 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1950 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
1954 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1955 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1956 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1957 struct _opd_sec_data
1959 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1960 asection
**func_sec
;
1962 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1966 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1967 struct _toc_sec_data
1969 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
1972 /* And the relocation addend. */
1977 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
1979 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
1980 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
1981 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
1983 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
1984 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
1986 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
1988 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
1991 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
1992 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
1995 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1997 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1999 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2000 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2002 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2005 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2008 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2011 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2012 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2015 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2016 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2017 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2021 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2022 static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable
;
2023 static asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2025 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2028 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2030 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2031 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2033 /* Section symbols first. */
2034 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2036 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2039 /* then .opd symbols. */
2040 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2042 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2043 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2045 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2046 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2050 /* then other code symbols. */
2051 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2052 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2053 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2054 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2057 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2058 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2059 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2060 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2063 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2065 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2068 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2072 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2075 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2078 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2079 syms over other syms. */
2080 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2083 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2086 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2089 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2092 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2095 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2098 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2101 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2104 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2105 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2106 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2107 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2108 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2109 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2117 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2120 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, long lo
, long hi
, unsigned int id
, bfd_vma value
)
2124 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2128 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2129 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2131 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2141 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2142 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2144 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2146 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2148 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2158 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2160 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2161 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2162 && section
->vma
<= vma
2163 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2166 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2167 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2168 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2171 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2172 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2173 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2179 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2180 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2181 bfd_boolean relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2183 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2189 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2190 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2202 symcount
= static_count
;
2204 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2208 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2212 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2214 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2215 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2216 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2217 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2219 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2220 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2222 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2224 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2225 function, and notype symbols. */
2226 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2227 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2228 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2229 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2232 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2233 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2234 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2236 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2238 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2239 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2240 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2241 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2242 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2243 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2244 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2246 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2247 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2249 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2250 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2251 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2252 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2253 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2259 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2260 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2261 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2262 to this function is the real binary. */
2263 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2267 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2268 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2269 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2270 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2271 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2275 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2276 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2280 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2281 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2285 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2286 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2287 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2288 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2296 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2301 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2304 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2305 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2309 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, FALSE
))
2316 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2320 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2321 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2324 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2327 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2330 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2333 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2334 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2335 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2338 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2339 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2345 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2352 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2354 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2358 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2359 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2362 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2365 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2368 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2371 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2372 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2373 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2378 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2379 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2380 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2383 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2384 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2386 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2387 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2388 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2395 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2396 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2398 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2399 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2400 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2403 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2405 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2407 free_contents_and_exit
:
2414 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2418 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2419 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2422 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2423 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2426 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2427 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2431 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2433 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2435 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2437 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2439 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2440 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2442 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2443 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2446 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2447 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2449 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2450 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2452 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2455 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2457 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2458 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2459 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2460 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2461 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2462 glink stubs now reside. */
2463 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2474 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2475 from the first glink stub. */
2477 unsigned int off
= 0;
2479 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2480 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2482 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2484 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2487 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2496 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2498 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2501 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2502 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, TRUE
))
2503 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2505 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2506 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2508 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2509 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2511 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2513 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2519 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2520 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2522 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2524 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2526 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2530 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2533 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2534 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2538 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2545 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2546 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2548 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2552 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2557 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2558 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2560 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2564 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2566 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2568 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2571 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2572 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2575 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2576 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2578 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2579 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2580 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2586 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2590 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2591 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2593 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2595 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2597 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2598 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2599 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2604 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2605 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2606 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2607 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2608 a) finding the stubs, and,
2609 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2610 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2612 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2613 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2614 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2615 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2616 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2617 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2618 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2619 for pending shared library loads. */
2620 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2621 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2625 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2626 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2627 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2628 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2629 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2630 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2632 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2635 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2636 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2640 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2641 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2642 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2643 names
+= strlen (names
);
2645 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2646 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2666 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2667 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2668 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2669 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2670 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2671 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2674 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2675 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2676 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2683 The function definition in another object file might be:
2687 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2693 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2694 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2695 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2696 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2697 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2705 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2706 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2707 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2715 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2717 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2718 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2721 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2722 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2723 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2724 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2725 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2726 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2727 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2728 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2729 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2730 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2731 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2732 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2734 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2735 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2736 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2738 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2739 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2740 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2743 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2744 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2749 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2750 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2751 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2752 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2759 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2760 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2761 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2762 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2763 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2766 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2767 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2768 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2769 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2770 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2771 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2772 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2773 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2774 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2775 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2776 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2777 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2778 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2779 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2780 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2781 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2782 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2786 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2787 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2788 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2789 shared lib. With code that gcc generates, it's vital that this be
2790 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ABI, the address of a function is actually
2791 the address of a function descriptor, which resides in the .opd
2792 section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going via the
2793 GOT as some other ABI's do, which means that initialized function
2794 pointers must reference the descriptor. Thus, a function pointer
2795 initialized to the address of a function in a shared library will
2796 either require a copy reloc, or a dynamic reloc. Using a copy reloc
2797 redefines the function descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This
2798 presents a problem as a plt entry for that function is also
2799 initialized from the function descriptor symbol and the copy reloc
2800 may not be initialized first. */
2801 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2803 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2805 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2808 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2809 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2810 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2813 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2814 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2815 reach its destination.
2816 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2817 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r11)
2822 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2823 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2824 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2825 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2826 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2827 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2829 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2830 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2833 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2834 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2835 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2837 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2838 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2841 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2843 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2844 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r11)
2845 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2846 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2850 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2851 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2852 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2853 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2854 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2855 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2856 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2857 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2858 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2859 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2860 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2866 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2867 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2870 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2876 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2877 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2879 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2880 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2881 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2885 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2891 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2892 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2894 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2895 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2896 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2900 There are also ELFv1 powerxx variants of these stubs.
2901 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2902 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2904 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2905 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2906 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2908 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2909 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2912 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2913 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2914 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2916 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2917 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2921 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2922 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2923 For example, a powerxx ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2925 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2929 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2930 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2931 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2932 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2933 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2934 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2935 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2936 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2937 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2938 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2939 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2940 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2941 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2942 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2943 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2944 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2945 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2946 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2947 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2953 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
2954 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
,
2955 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
,
2956 ppc_stub_long_branch_both
, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2957 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
2958 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
,
2959 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
,
2960 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
,
2962 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
,
2963 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
,
2964 ppc_stub_plt_call_both
,
2965 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
2969 /* Information on stub grouping. */
2972 /* The stub section. */
2974 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
2977 struct map_stub
*next
;
2978 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
2981 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
2982 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
2983 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
2984 unsigned int lr_restore
;
2985 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
2986 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
2987 unsigned int eh_size
;
2988 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
2989 unsigned int eh_base
;
2992 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
2994 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
2995 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
2997 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
2999 /* Group information. */
3000 struct map_stub
*group
;
3002 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3003 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3005 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3006 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3007 bfd_vma target_value
;
3008 asection
*target_section
;
3010 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3011 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3012 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3015 unsigned char symtype
;
3017 /* Symbol st_other. */
3018 unsigned char other
;
3021 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3023 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3024 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3026 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3027 unsigned int offset
;
3029 /* Generation marker. */
3033 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3034 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3036 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3038 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3041 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3042 unsigned int count
: 31;
3044 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3045 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3048 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3050 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3054 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3056 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3058 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3059 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3062 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
3063 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*dyn_relocs
;
3065 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3066 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3068 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3069 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3070 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3071 unsigned int fake
:1;
3073 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3074 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3075 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3076 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3078 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3079 with non-standard calling convention. */
3080 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3082 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3083 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3084 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3086 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3087 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3088 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3089 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3090 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3091 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3092 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3093 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3094 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3095 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3096 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3097 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3098 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3099 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3100 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3101 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3102 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3104 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3105 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3106 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3107 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3108 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3111 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3113 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3115 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3117 /* The stub hash table. */
3118 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3120 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3121 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3123 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3124 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3126 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3127 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3129 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3130 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3132 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3133 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3134 non-ppc64 sections. */
3137 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3142 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3143 struct map_stub
*group
;
3144 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3149 /* Linked list of groups. */
3150 struct map_stub
*group
;
3152 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3155 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3157 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3158 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3160 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3162 asection
*global_entry
;
3165 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3168 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3170 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3171 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3172 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3174 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3175 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3178 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
];
3180 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3181 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3183 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3184 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3186 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3187 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3188 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3189 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3190 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3192 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3193 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3195 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3196 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3199 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3201 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3202 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3204 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
3205 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
3206 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
3207 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
3209 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3210 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3212 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3213 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3215 /* Whether to use powerxx instructions in linkage stubs. */
3216 unsigned int powerxx_stubs
:1;
3218 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3219 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3221 /* Small local sym cache. */
3222 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
3225 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3228 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3229 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3231 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3233 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3235 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3236 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3238 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3240 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3242 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3243 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3244 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3246 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3248 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3249 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
3250 == PPC64_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
3252 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3253 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3254 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3256 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3257 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3258 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3260 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3262 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3263 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3264 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3267 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3271 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3276 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3277 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3280 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3282 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3283 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3284 eh
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_none
;
3286 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3287 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3288 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3297 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3299 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3300 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3301 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3304 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3308 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3313 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3314 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3317 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3319 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3320 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3328 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3330 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3331 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3332 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3335 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3339 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3344 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3345 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3348 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3350 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3351 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3352 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3354 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3355 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3356 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3357 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3359 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3360 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3362 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3364 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3365 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3366 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3368 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3370 if (string
[0] == '.')
3372 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3374 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3375 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3376 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3383 struct tocsave_entry
3390 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3392 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3393 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3397 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3399 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3400 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3401 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3404 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3407 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3409 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3411 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3412 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3413 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3414 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3415 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3416 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3419 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3421 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3422 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3424 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3425 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3427 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3431 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3432 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3439 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3440 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3441 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3443 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3447 /* And the branch hash table. */
3448 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3449 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3451 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3452 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3456 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3460 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3462 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3465 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3467 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3468 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3469 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3470 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3471 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3472 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3473 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3474 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3475 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3476 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3477 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3478 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3480 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3483 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3486 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3488 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3491 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3493 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3494 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3495 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3497 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3498 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3500 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3501 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3505 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3508 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3509 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3511 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3512 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3515 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3516 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3517 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3519 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3520 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3523 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3525 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3526 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3527 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3530 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3531 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3535 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3536 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3537 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3538 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3541 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3542 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3544 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3545 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3546 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3549 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3550 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3551 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3552 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3554 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3555 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3558 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3560 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3562 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3563 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3566 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3569 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3570 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3572 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3573 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3574 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3578 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3579 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3580 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3586 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3589 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3590 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3592 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3594 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3596 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3597 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3598 the start of the output TOC section. */
3599 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3600 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3601 htab
->params
= params
;
3603 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3606 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3609 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3610 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3611 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3612 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3617 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3618 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3619 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3620 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3624 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3625 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3626 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3629 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3630 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3631 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3632 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3636 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3637 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3638 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3641 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3642 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3643 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3644 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3645 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3647 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3648 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3652 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3653 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3655 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3656 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3657 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3658 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3659 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3660 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3662 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3663 struct map_stub
*group
;
3665 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3666 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3667 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3668 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3669 distinguish between them. */
3670 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3674 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3675 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3676 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3678 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3684 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3685 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3688 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3689 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3691 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3699 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3700 stub entry are initialised. */
3702 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3703 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3705 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3707 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3708 struct map_stub
*group
;
3711 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3713 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3714 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3715 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3716 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3722 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3723 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3724 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3728 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3729 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3730 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3731 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3733 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3736 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3737 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3739 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3741 /* xgettext:c-format */
3742 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3743 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3747 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3748 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3752 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3753 not already done. */
3756 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3758 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3760 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3762 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3768 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3771 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3772 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3774 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3776 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3779 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3780 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3782 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
3785 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
3786 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
3790 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3792 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
3793 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3795 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3796 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3801 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3802 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3804 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
3807 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3808 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3810 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->elf
.root
);
3813 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3816 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
3817 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
3819 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3821 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3823 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
3824 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
3826 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3828 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
3830 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3831 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
3833 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
3840 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3843 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3844 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
3848 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3851 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3852 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
3853 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
3855 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
3857 edir
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
3858 eind
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
3860 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
3861 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
3862 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
3863 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
3864 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
3866 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
3867 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
3868 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
3869 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
3870 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
3871 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
3872 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
3874 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3875 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3876 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3877 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3878 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3880 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3883 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3884 if (eind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3886 if (edir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3888 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
3889 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3891 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3892 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3893 for (pp
= &eind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
3895 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
3897 for (q
= edir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
3898 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
3900 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
3901 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
3908 *pp
= edir
->dyn_relocs
;
3911 edir
->dyn_relocs
= eind
->dyn_relocs
;
3912 eind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
3915 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
3916 symbol which just became indirect. */
3917 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3919 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3921 struct got_entry
**entp
;
3922 struct got_entry
*ent
;
3924 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3926 struct got_entry
*dent
;
3928 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3929 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
3930 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
3931 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
3933 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
3940 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3943 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3944 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
3947 /* And plt entries. */
3948 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
3950 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3952 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3953 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
3954 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
3955 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
3956 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
3957 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
3958 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
3962 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
3963 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
3965 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3966 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3968 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
3972 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
3974 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*)
3975 elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3979 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
3985 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
3986 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
3991 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
3993 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3994 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3995 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
3997 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
3998 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
3999 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4000 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4004 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4005 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4006 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4007 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
))
4010 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4011 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4013 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4020 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4024 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4025 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4026 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4028 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4033 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4037 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4038 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4039 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4041 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4042 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4043 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4044 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4045 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4046 FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4047 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4049 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4050 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4053 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4054 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4055 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4057 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4059 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4062 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4064 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4065 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4066 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4068 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4069 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4070 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4078 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4081 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4082 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4083 bfd_boolean definition
,
4084 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
4086 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4087 h
->other
= ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4088 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4091 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4092 we now have a real symbol. */
4095 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4096 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4097 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4098 bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4099 bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4100 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4101 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4103 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->fake
= 0;
4104 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4105 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4109 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4110 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4111 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4112 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4114 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4115 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4116 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4119 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4123 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4125 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4126 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4127 && !((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->fake
)
4133 len
= strlen (name
);
4134 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4135 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4136 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4138 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4139 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4140 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4144 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4145 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4146 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4147 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4148 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4149 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4150 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4151 function entry symbol is used. */
4154 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4156 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4157 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4159 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4160 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4162 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4165 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4168 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4172 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4174 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4175 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4176 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4177 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4179 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4180 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4182 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4189 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4190 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4192 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4193 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4194 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4195 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4196 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4197 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4199 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4200 descriptor symbol. */
4201 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4202 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4203 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4204 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4206 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4207 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4208 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4209 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4210 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4211 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4212 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4213 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4215 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4223 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4224 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4227 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4229 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4230 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4231 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4233 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4235 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4236 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4238 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4239 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4240 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4242 /* xgettext:c-format */
4243 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4244 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4245 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4250 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4252 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4253 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4254 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4255 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4256 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4257 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4258 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4259 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4260 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4261 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4264 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4268 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4269 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4270 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4271 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4272 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4273 && info
->gc_sections
)
4275 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4276 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4277 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4278 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4279 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4280 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4281 information about the associated function section. */
4283 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4284 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4285 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4287 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4288 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4289 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4291 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4292 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4296 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4297 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4298 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4300 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4301 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4303 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4304 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4305 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4307 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4310 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ibfd
, r_symndx
);
4313 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4318 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4319 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4320 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4323 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4327 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4328 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4331 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4333 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4334 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4335 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4336 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4338 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4339 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4342 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4347 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4348 not to be needed. */
4351 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4352 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4353 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4355 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4357 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4362 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4364 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4367 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4368 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4371 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4373 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4374 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4375 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4377 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4378 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4379 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4381 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4384 static struct plt_entry
**
4385 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4386 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4388 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4389 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4390 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4392 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4394 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4396 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4397 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4398 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4399 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4400 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4402 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4405 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4407 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4409 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4410 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4411 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4412 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4416 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4417 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4420 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4421 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4423 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4424 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4425 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4426 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4428 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4431 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4432 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4433 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4435 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4439 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4441 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4443 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4444 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4448 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4449 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4453 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4454 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4457 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4462 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4464 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4465 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4466 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4467 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4468 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4469 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4470 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4471 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4472 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4473 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4474 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4477 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4480 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4482 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4483 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4484 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4485 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4486 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4487 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4488 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4489 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4492 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4493 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4494 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4497 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4498 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4500 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4501 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4502 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4503 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4504 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4506 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4509 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4512 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
4513 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
4514 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
4515 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
4516 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
4517 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
4518 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
4521 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4523 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4527 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4528 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4529 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4530 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4531 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4532 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4534 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4535 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4536 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4538 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4539 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4540 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4542 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4543 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4545 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4546 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4550 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4551 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4553 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4554 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4557 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4561 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4562 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4563 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4565 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4566 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4567 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4568 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4569 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
4570 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
4571 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
4572 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
4573 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4574 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4575 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4576 htab
->powerxx_stubs
= 1;
4584 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4585 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4586 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4587 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4588 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4589 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4590 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4591 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4592 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4593 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4594 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4595 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4596 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4597 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4598 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4599 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4600 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4601 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4602 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4603 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4612 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4615 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4620 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4625 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4627 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4629 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4640 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4641 its parameter symbol. */
4643 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4645 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4647 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4649 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4652 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4653 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4654 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4655 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4656 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
4657 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4660 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4661 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4662 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4663 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4664 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
4665 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4668 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4669 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4670 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4671 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4672 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
4673 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4674 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4675 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4678 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4679 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4680 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4681 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4682 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
4683 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4685 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4689 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4690 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4691 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4692 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4693 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4694 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4696 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4697 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4698 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4699 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4700 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4701 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4702 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4703 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4705 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4706 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4709 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4710 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4715 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4716 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4718 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4719 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4720 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4721 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4722 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4726 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4727 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4730 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4731 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4733 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4734 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4735 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4736 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4738 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4739 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4742 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4743 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4744 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4747 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
4749 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1)
4751 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, rel
->r_addend
))
4756 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4757 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4758 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4759 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4760 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4761 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4764 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4769 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4770 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4771 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_func
= 1;
4772 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
4773 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4775 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
4776 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4778 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
4779 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4783 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4784 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4785 section relative. */
4786 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
4787 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
4788 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
4789 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
4790 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
4791 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
4792 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
4793 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
4794 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
4795 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
4796 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
4797 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4798 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
4799 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
4800 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
4801 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
4802 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
4803 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
4808 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
4809 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
4810 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
4811 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
4812 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
4813 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
4814 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
4815 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
4816 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
4817 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
4818 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
4819 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
4820 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
4821 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
4824 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4825 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
4826 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4828 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
4830 /* xgettext:c-format */
4831 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4832 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4833 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
4834 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
4835 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4841 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
4842 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4843 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4845 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4846 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
4847 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4848 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4849 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4850 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
4852 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
4854 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
4855 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
4856 these relocations is emitted. */
4866 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4867 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4868 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4869 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
4873 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4874 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4875 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4876 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
4881 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
4882 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
4884 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
4886 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4887 we are going to need a stub. */
4890 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4891 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4892 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
4893 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4897 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4899 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4904 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4908 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
4912 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
4913 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
4914 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
4918 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
4924 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4925 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4926 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_func
= 1;
4928 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
4930 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4932 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
4933 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
4934 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
4938 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
4939 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4941 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4944 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
4945 refers to is in a shared lib. */
4947 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4951 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
4952 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
4953 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
4954 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
4957 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
4958 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4959 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4960 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4963 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
4964 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
4965 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
4966 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
4967 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4969 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4972 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
4973 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4975 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
4976 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
4977 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
4978 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
4982 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4985 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4986 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4987 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
4990 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4991 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4994 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
4995 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
4999 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5000 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5001 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5002 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5004 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5005 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5006 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5008 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5009 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5011 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5012 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5013 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5015 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5016 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5017 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5018 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5019 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5020 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5023 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5024 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5025 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5026 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5027 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5028 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5029 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5030 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5031 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5032 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5033 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5034 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5035 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5036 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5037 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5040 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5042 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5043 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5046 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_func
= 1;
5050 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5051 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5052 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5053 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5054 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5055 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5056 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5057 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5058 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5059 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5060 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5061 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5063 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5064 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5065 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5066 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5067 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5068 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5069 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5071 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5072 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5074 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5075 function in a shared lib. */
5076 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5078 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5085 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5086 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5087 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5088 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5090 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5091 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5094 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5095 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5098 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5099 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5100 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5101 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5102 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5103 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5104 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5105 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5106 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5107 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5108 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5109 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5110 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5111 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5112 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5115 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5116 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5117 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5121 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5122 || !h
->def_regular
))
5124 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
5125 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
5126 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5127 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5128 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5131 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5132 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5136 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5137 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
5143 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5144 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5147 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5148 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5150 head
= &((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->dyn_relocs
;
5152 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5154 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5164 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5169 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5170 We really need local syms available to do this
5172 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5173 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5174 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
5177 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5179 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
5184 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5188 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5189 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5190 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5192 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5194 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5196 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5202 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5218 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5219 object file when linking. */
5222 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5224 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5225 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5227 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5230 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5233 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5236 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5237 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5239 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5242 /* xgettext:c-format */
5243 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5244 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5247 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5250 /* xgettext:c-format */
5251 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5252 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5253 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5257 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5260 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5261 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5265 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5267 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5268 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5270 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5274 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5275 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5277 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5278 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5279 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5286 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5287 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5288 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5291 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5293 asection
**code_sec
,
5295 bfd_boolean in_code_sec
)
5297 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5298 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5299 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5302 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5303 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5304 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5306 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5308 if (contents
== NULL
)
5310 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5311 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5312 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5315 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5316 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5317 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5319 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5320 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5322 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5328 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5334 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5336 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5337 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5342 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5343 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5349 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5351 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5353 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
5354 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5356 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5358 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5360 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5364 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5365 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5367 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5373 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5374 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5376 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5377 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5379 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5380 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5382 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5383 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5385 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5386 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5389 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5390 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5391 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5393 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5395 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5396 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5403 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5405 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5407 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5410 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5411 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5416 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5422 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5428 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5431 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5432 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5435 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5436 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5438 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5440 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5445 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5446 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5455 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5456 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5457 otherwise return zero. */
5459 static bfd_size_type
5460 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5465 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5466 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5470 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
5471 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5473 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5475 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5476 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5479 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5480 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5482 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5483 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5484 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5485 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5491 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5492 &sec
, code_off
, TRUE
) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5494 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5495 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5496 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5497 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5498 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5499 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5500 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5501 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5502 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5503 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5504 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5505 disable caching for such functions. */
5511 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5513 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5520 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5521 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5522 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5525 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5528 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5529 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5530 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5531 && !((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->non_zero_localentry
5532 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5533 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5536 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5539 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5541 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5542 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5543 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5544 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5547 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5548 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5550 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5551 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5553 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5555 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5556 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5557 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5563 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5564 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5566 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5567 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5570 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5572 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5573 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5574 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5580 static bfd_boolean
func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5582 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5585 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5587 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5589 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5591 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5592 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5594 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5597 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5600 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5602 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5603 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5608 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5610 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5613 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*)
5614 elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5617 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5618 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5621 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5624 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5625 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5627 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5628 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5629 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5630 &sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5631 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5633 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5634 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5638 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5639 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5643 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5645 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5646 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5647 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5648 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5650 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5651 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5655 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5656 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5657 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5658 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5659 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5660 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5661 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5662 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5663 || info
->export_dynamic
5666 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5667 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5668 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5669 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5670 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5673 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5675 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5677 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5678 function code sym section to be marked. */
5679 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5682 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5683 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5685 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5686 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5687 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5688 &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5689 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5695 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5699 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5700 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5701 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5702 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5703 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5707 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5708 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5710 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5715 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5716 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5718 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5721 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5722 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5726 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5728 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5729 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5730 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5731 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5734 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5735 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5736 against garbage collection. */
5738 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
5739 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
5743 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5744 function code sym section to be marked. */
5745 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5748 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5749 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5751 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5753 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5754 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5755 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5756 &rsec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5757 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5759 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5762 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5763 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
5767 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
5773 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
5775 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5776 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
5777 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
5781 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
5788 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5789 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5791 struct sfpr_def_parms
5793 const char name
[12];
5794 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
5795 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5796 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5799 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5800 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5804 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5805 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
5808 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5810 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
5811 bfd_boolean writing
= FALSE
;
5817 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
5820 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
5822 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5824 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
5825 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
5826 h
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*)
5827 elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
, writing
, TRUE
, TRUE
);
5828 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
5831 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5832 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
5834 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
5836 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
5837 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
5840 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5842 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5843 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
5844 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
5845 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
5848 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5849 s
->forced_local
= 1;
5851 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5859 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
5861 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5862 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
5863 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5864 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
5865 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
5867 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, TRUE
);
5869 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5871 htab
->sfpr
->contents
5872 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
5873 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5880 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5882 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5884 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5885 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
5893 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5895 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5900 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5902 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5903 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5905 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5910 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5912 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5917 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5919 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5921 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5922 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
5926 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
5927 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
5929 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5934 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5936 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5941 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5943 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5944 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5949 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5951 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5956 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5958 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5959 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5964 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5966 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5971 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5973 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
5974 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5976 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5981 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5983 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5988 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5990 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5992 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
5993 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
5997 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
5998 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6000 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6005 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6007 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6008 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6013 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6015 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6016 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6021 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6023 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6025 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6030 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6032 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6033 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6038 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6040 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6042 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6047 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6049 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6050 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6054 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6055 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6056 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6059 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6061 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6062 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6063 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6064 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6065 bfd_boolean force_local
;
6067 fh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6068 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6074 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6075 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6079 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6083 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6084 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6086 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6087 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6088 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6089 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6090 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6091 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6092 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6093 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6094 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6095 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6096 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6097 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6098 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6100 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6101 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6102 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6103 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6106 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6108 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6110 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6111 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6117 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6119 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6120 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6121 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6123 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6128 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6131 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6132 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6133 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, TRUE
);
6135 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6138 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6139 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6140 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6141 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6142 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6143 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6144 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6145 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6146 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6148 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6149 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6150 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6154 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6155 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6156 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6157 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6158 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6159 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6160 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6161 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6163 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6164 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6165 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6170 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6172 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6173 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6174 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6175 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6176 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6177 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6178 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6179 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6180 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6181 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6182 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6183 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6186 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6187 this hook to a) provide some gcc support functions, and b) transfer
6188 dynamic linking information gathered so far on function code symbol
6189 entries, to their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6192 ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6193 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6195 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6197 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6201 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6202 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6206 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6207 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6208 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6210 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6211 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6214 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6217 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6219 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, TRUE
);
6220 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6221 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6222 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6223 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6225 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6226 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6227 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6228 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6229 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6231 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6232 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6233 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6236 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
6238 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
6239 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
6245 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
6248 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6250 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6251 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6253 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6254 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6256 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
6258 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6264 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6265 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6266 size_dynamic_sections. */
6269 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6271 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6273 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6276 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6278 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.u
.alias
;
6280 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6285 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6288 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6290 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6292 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6293 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6298 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6299 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6302 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6304 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6306 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6310 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6311 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6312 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6318 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6319 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6320 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6321 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6325 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6326 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6328 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6331 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6335 /* Deal with function syms. */
6336 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6337 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6340 bfd_boolean local
= (((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->save_res
6341 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6342 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6343 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6344 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6345 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6346 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6347 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6348 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6349 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6350 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6352 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6353 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6355 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6357 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6358 won't need a .plt entry. */
6359 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6360 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6361 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6364 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6366 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6367 || (((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
6368 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6370 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6372 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6374 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6376 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6377 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6378 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6379 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6380 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6381 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6382 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6383 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6385 if (!readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6387 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6388 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6389 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6391 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6393 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6394 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6395 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6396 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6399 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6402 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6403 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6405 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6406 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6407 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6408 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6413 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6415 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6416 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6417 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6418 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6420 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6421 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6422 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6423 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6424 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6425 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6426 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6430 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6431 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6432 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6433 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6434 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6437 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6438 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6439 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6442 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6443 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6445 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6446 || info
->nocopyreloc
6448 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6449 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6450 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6452 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6454 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6455 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6456 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6457 to an incorrect program. */
6458 || h
->protected_def
)
6461 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
6463 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are versions
6464 of gcc out there that improperly (for this ABI) put initialized
6465 function pointers, vtable refs and suchlike in read-only
6466 sections. Allow them to proceed, but warn that this might
6467 break at runtime. */
6468 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6469 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6470 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6471 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6474 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6475 is not a function. */
6477 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6478 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6479 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6480 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6481 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6482 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6483 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6484 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6485 same memory location for the variable. */
6486 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6488 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6489 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6493 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6494 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6496 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6498 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6499 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6500 and into the runtime process image. */
6501 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6505 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6506 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6507 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6510 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6511 sym and the descriptor. */
6513 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6514 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6515 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6517 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6518 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6520 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6523 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6524 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6526 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6531 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6534 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6535 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6536 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6537 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6538 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6539 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6540 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6541 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6543 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6546 fh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*)
6547 elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
6550 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6551 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6552 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6553 reason the lookup should fail. */
6556 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6557 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6559 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6560 fh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*)
6561 elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
6570 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6575 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6576 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6578 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6579 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6580 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6583 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6585 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6587 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6588 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6590 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6591 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6599 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6601 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6602 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6603 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6604 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6608 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6610 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6612 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6613 *tls_maskp
= &eh
->tls_mask
;
6618 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6619 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6621 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6623 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6624 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6625 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6626 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6627 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6628 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6630 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6632 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6640 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6641 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6643 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6645 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6646 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6649 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6650 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6652 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6653 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6654 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6655 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6656 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6658 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6664 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6665 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6666 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6669 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6670 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
6671 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
6672 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6673 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6676 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6678 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6679 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6683 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6684 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6687 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
6688 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
6689 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
6691 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
6692 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
6695 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6698 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6699 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6702 off
= sym
->st_value
;
6703 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
6704 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
6705 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
6706 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
6707 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
6708 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
6709 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
6710 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
6711 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6713 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
6714 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
6719 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6721 static struct tocsave_entry
*
6722 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
6723 enum insert_option insert
,
6724 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6725 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
6728 unsigned long r_indx
;
6729 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6730 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6731 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
6733 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
6735 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
6736 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
6738 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6741 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
6746 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6748 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
6749 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
6751 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
6752 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
6753 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
6759 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
6768 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6769 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6772 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6774 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6776 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6778 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6781 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6782 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6785 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6786 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
6789 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6790 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
6791 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
6793 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
6796 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6797 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
6800 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
6801 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
6803 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
6807 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6808 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
6811 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
6812 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
6817 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6818 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6819 have already been determined. */
6822 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info
,
6824 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6825 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6826 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6827 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6829 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
6830 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
6832 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
6833 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
6834 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info
);
6841 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
6842 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
6843 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
6844 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
6845 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
6850 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
6851 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
6852 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
6853 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
6854 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
6855 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
6856 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
6857 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
6858 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
6859 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
6860 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
6861 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
6862 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
6863 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
6864 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
6865 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
6866 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
6870 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
6871 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
6872 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
6873 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
6874 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
6875 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
6876 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
6877 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
6878 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
6879 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
6880 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
6881 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
6882 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
6883 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
6884 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
6885 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
6886 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
6887 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
6888 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
6889 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
6892 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
6893 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
6894 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
6895 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
6896 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
6897 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
6898 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
6903 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
6905 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6906 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
6908 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (r_info
);
6909 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6914 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
6915 || !h
->def_regular
))
6917 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6918 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
6919 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
6920 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
6921 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6923 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6924 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
6931 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6932 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
6933 pp
= &((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->dyn_relocs
;
6935 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
6936 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
6937 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
6938 report a dynreloc miscount. */
6939 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
6942 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
6946 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
6958 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6959 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
6961 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
6963 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
6964 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6965 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
6968 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
6969 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
6971 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
6974 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
6975 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
6977 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
6988 /* xgettext:c-format */
6989 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
6991 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6995 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
6996 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
6997 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
6998 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7002 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7005 bfd_boolean some_edited
= FALSE
;
7006 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7007 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7009 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7013 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7016 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7017 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7018 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7019 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7020 bfd_boolean need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7021 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7023 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7026 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7027 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7030 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7033 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7036 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7037 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7041 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7043 /* Read the relocations. */
7044 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7046 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7049 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7050 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7054 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7055 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7057 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7058 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7060 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7061 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7064 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7065 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7067 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7068 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7069 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7071 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7072 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7073 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7074 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7075 optimization for them! */
7078 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7083 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7084 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7087 /* xgettext:c-format */
7088 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7094 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7095 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7099 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7101 const char *sym_name
;
7103 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7105 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7109 /* xgettext:c-format */
7110 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7116 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7117 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7118 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7119 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7120 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7121 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7122 which we test for via the output_section. */
7123 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7124 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7128 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7129 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7130 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7135 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7140 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7147 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7148 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7149 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7151 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7153 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7160 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7162 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7164 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7165 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7166 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7167 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7170 new_contents
= NULL
;
7171 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7172 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7173 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7174 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7177 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7178 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7179 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7180 the third word of .opd entries. */
7181 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7184 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7189 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7190 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7192 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7196 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7197 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7200 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7202 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7205 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7206 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7210 wptr
= new_contents
;
7211 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7212 write_rel
= relstart
;
7213 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7215 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7217 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7218 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7219 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7221 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7224 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7225 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7230 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7231 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7232 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7235 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7236 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7239 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7241 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7244 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7248 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7250 fdh
= ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->oh
;
7253 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7254 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7255 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7260 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7261 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7264 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7266 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7268 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7269 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7271 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7273 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7278 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
7282 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7285 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7286 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7293 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7298 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7299 this location in the opd section. It is
7300 necessary to update the value here rather
7301 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7302 for local symbols, because various places
7303 in the generic ELF code use the value
7304 stored in u.def.value. */
7305 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7306 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7309 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7310 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7311 we'd need to look through the local syms
7312 for the function descriptor sym which we
7313 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7314 array of adjustments. */
7315 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7316 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7319 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7320 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7321 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7323 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7327 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7329 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7331 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7332 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7333 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7338 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7341 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7342 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7345 free (sec
->contents
);
7346 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7349 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7350 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7351 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7352 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7355 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7358 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7359 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7361 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7364 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7369 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7371 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7372 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7373 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7377 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7379 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7381 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7385 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7386 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7389 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7390 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7394 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7398 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7401 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7402 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7408 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7409 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7412 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7414 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7417 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7419 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7423 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7424 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7425 between the call and its destination. */
7426 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7428 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7434 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7441 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7442 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7444 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7446 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7447 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7450 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7451 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7453 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7455 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7459 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7460 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7461 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7462 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7463 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7464 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7465 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7466 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7467 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7468 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7469 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7470 together except their symbol. */
7472 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7474 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7475 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7477 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7481 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7483 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7484 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7485 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7487 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7489 /* Read the relocations. */
7490 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7492 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7495 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7496 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7498 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7499 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7501 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7502 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7503 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7505 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7506 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7507 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7510 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7511 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7514 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7516 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7517 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7522 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7526 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7529 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7530 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7531 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7532 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7533 + sec
->output_offset
7534 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7535 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7536 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7537 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7538 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7539 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7540 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7543 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7547 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7548 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7550 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7553 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7560 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and call the generic ELF tls_setup function. */
7563 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7565 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7567 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7571 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7574 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7575 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7576 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7577 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7579 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7580 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7581 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7582 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7583 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7584 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7585 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7586 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7587 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7588 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7589 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7590 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7591 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7592 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7593 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7594 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7595 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7596 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7597 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
7599 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7600 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7602 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*)
7603 elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7604 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
7605 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7606 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7607 func_desc_adjust (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
, info
);
7608 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*)
7609 elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7610 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
7611 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7613 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
, *tga
, *tga_fd
;
7615 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7616 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7618 func_desc_adjust (opt
, info
);
7619 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7620 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7622 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7623 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7625 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7626 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7627 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7628 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7629 tga_fd
= &htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
;
7630 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7632 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7633 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7634 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7635 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
)))
7637 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7639 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7640 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7644 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7645 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7646 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
7648 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
7650 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7651 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
7652 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7653 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
7654 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
7657 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
7658 = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) opt_fd
;
7659 tga
= &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
;
7660 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
7662 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7663 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7664 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
7666 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7668 htab
->tls_get_addr
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) opt
;
7670 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
7671 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7672 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7674 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
7675 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
7680 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
7681 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
7683 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (info
->output_bfd
, info
);
7686 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7690 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
7691 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7692 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
7693 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
)
7695 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7696 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7697 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7699 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7701 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
7702 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7704 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
7705 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
7706 if (h
== &hash1
->elf
|| h
== &hash2
->elf
)
7712 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7713 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7714 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7715 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7716 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7717 dynamic relocations. */
7720 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7724 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7725 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
7728 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
7731 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7735 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7736 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7737 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
7738 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
7739 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
7740 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
7741 and plt refcounts. */
7743 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
7744 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7746 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
7747 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
7749 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7750 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7752 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7753 bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7755 /* Read the relocations. */
7756 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7758 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7764 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7765 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7767 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7768 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7769 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7770 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7772 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
7773 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
7775 bfd_boolean ok_tprel
, is_local
;
7776 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
7777 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
7778 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7780 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7781 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
7785 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7787 if (toc_ref
!= NULL
)
7790 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
7791 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
7798 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7799 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7800 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7801 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
7805 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7810 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
7811 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
7812 value
= sym
->st_value
;
7815 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
7819 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
7821 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
7822 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7824 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
7825 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7826 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7827 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
7828 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
7829 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
7830 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
7831 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
7833 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
7837 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7838 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
7839 without marker relocs, then check that each
7840 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
7841 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
7842 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
7843 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
7845 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7847 && (h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
7848 || h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
)
7849 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
7850 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7852 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
7853 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
7854 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
7859 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7862 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7863 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7864 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
7865 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
7866 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
7869 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7870 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7871 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
7872 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
7873 that turns out to be the case. */
7880 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7883 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7884 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7885 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
7886 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
7887 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
7890 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7891 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7897 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
7899 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7902 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
7903 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
7904 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
7905 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7906 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7911 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
7912 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7922 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7923 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7926 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
7928 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
7929 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
7931 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
7932 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
7937 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
7939 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
7942 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
7946 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7947 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
7952 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
7957 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
7958 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
7961 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
7962 code sequence. We can do that now in the
7963 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
7964 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
7965 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
7967 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
7968 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
7972 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7974 value
= sym
->st_value
;
7975 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
7978 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
7979 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
7980 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
7981 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
7982 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
7983 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
7985 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
7989 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
7994 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
7997 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8001 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8006 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8007 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8012 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8016 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8018 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8020 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8021 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8025 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8028 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8037 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8048 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8049 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8052 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8053 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8055 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
))
8057 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8059 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8060 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8063 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8068 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8070 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8071 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8072 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8074 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8080 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8081 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8082 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8083 the entire optimization. */
8084 /* xgettext:c-format */
8085 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8086 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8087 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8092 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8093 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8094 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8095 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8096 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8097 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8098 Disable optimization in this case. */
8099 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8100 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8101 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8102 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8103 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8106 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8108 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8110 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8111 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8114 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8117 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8118 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8121 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8125 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8126 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8132 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8134 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8136 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8140 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8142 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8143 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8144 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8145 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8152 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8153 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8154 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8159 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8160 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8161 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8165 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8167 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8173 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8174 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8177 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8182 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8184 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8187 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8191 if (toc_ref
!= NULL
)
8193 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
8197 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8198 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8199 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8200 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8201 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8203 struct adjust_toc_info
8206 unsigned long *skip
;
8207 bfd_boolean global_toc_syms
;
8210 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8213 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8215 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8216 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8219 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8220 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8223 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8224 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8227 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8229 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8230 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8232 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8234 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8237 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8240 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8241 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8244 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8245 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8247 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8248 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8253 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8254 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8257 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8259 return ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8260 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8261 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8262 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8263 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8264 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8265 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8266 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8267 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8268 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8269 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8270 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8271 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8272 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8273 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8274 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8275 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8276 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8277 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8278 will need testing too. */
8279 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8280 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8282 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8283 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8284 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8285 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8286 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8287 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8290 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8291 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8292 load/store rt,off(ra)
8295 load/store rt,off(ra)
8296 may be translated to
8297 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8299 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8300 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8302 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8303 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8304 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8307 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8309 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8310 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8313 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8315 /* Check that regs match. */
8316 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8319 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8320 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8323 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8325 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8326 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8332 /* Check that regs match. */
8333 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8336 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8352 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8354 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8355 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8356 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8359 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8360 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8362 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8363 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8364 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8365 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8368 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8369 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8371 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8372 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8373 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8374 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8377 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8378 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8380 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8382 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8383 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8384 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8385 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8389 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8390 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8391 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8392 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8397 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8398 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8399 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8402 case 62: /* std, stq */
8403 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8405 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8406 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8407 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8408 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8413 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8414 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8418 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8419 unused .toc entries. */
8422 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8425 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8426 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8428 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8429 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8430 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8432 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8433 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8434 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8435 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8436 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8437 unsigned char *used
;
8438 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8440 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8443 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8446 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8447 || discarded_section (toc
))
8452 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8454 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8457 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8459 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8460 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8461 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8462 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8463 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8466 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
8467 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8470 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8472 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8474 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8475 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8477 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8478 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8481 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8488 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8489 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8490 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8491 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8492 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8496 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8497 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8505 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8507 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8508 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8510 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8513 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8514 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8520 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8525 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
8528 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8532 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8533 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8534 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8536 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8537 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8538 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8539 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8541 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
8542 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
8543 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8545 /* Read toc relocs. */
8546 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8548 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8551 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8553 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8554 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8556 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8557 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8560 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8561 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
8564 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8565 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8570 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
8571 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
8574 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8579 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8581 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8585 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8587 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8589 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8590 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8592 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8593 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8594 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8595 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8596 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
8597 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8600 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
8601 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8606 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8611 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8612 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
8619 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
8623 if (local_syms
!= NULL
8624 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
8628 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8630 if (toc_relocs
!= NULL
8631 && elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
8638 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8639 Check the toc itself last. */
8640 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8643 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
8644 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
8645 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8650 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8651 || discarded_section (sec
)
8652 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8653 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8654 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8657 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8659 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8665 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8669 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8671 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8672 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8674 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8675 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8678 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8682 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8683 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8684 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8685 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8686 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8687 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
8688 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
8695 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8696 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8707 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8709 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8710 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8712 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8715 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
8722 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8725 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8726 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
8727 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
8728 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
8734 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
8739 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
8740 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
8747 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
8748 entry itself isn't unused. */
8749 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8750 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
8753 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
8762 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8766 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
8767 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
8768 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
8769 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
8770 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
8775 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
8776 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
8780 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
8783 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
8793 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
8795 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8796 bfd_boolean local_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
8798 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
8799 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
8800 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
8803 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8805 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
8806 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
8809 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
8814 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
8818 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
8819 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
8821 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
8822 and optimize any accesses we can. */
8823 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8825 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8826 || discarded_section (sec
))
8829 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8831 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8834 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8836 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8837 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8839 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8842 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8849 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8850 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8851 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8852 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8853 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8854 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
8858 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8859 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8867 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8870 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8872 local_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8875 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8877 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
8879 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
8881 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
8883 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
8884 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
8885 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
8889 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8890 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
8893 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8894 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
8898 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
8900 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8901 /* xgettext:c-format */
8902 (_("%H: %s references "
8903 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
8904 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
8905 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
8906 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8909 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
8910 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
8914 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
8917 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
8918 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
8921 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8925 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
8926 but handle them anyway. */
8927 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
8928 for (sym
= local_syms
;
8929 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8931 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
8932 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
8936 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
8937 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8939 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
8941 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8945 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
8946 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
8949 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
8950 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8953 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
8954 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
8957 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
8958 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
8961 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
8962 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
8963 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
8967 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8969 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
8970 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
8973 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
8974 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8975 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8977 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8981 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8982 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8983 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
8985 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
8986 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
8987 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8990 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, toc
, info
,
8991 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
8994 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
8995 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
8996 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
8997 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8998 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9001 else if (toc_relocs
!= NULL
9002 && elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9005 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9006 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9008 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9011 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9016 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9017 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9018 number of GOT entries. */
9019 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9022 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9023 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9024 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9027 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9030 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9033 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9036 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9039 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9041 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9043 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9044 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9045 || discarded_section (sec
))
9048 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9050 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9053 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9054 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9058 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9063 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9065 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9066 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9067 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9069 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9070 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9072 unsigned char buf
[8];
9074 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9076 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9080 insn_check
= no_check
;
9083 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9084 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9085 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9086 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9087 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9088 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9089 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9090 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9093 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9094 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9095 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9096 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9097 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9098 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9099 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9100 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9101 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9102 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9103 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9107 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9109 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9111 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9114 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9115 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9116 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9117 : ((insn
& ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9118 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9122 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9123 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9124 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9125 /* xgettext:c-format */
9126 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9127 " %s instruction\n"),
9128 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9135 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9136 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9137 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9138 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9139 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9140 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9144 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9145 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9146 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9150 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9151 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9156 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9157 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9160 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9164 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9166 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9167 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9168 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9170 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9171 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9172 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9179 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9180 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9181 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9184 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9185 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9187 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9188 if (((insn
& ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9189 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9193 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9194 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9195 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9197 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9198 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9200 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9201 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9205 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9207 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9208 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9209 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9211 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9212 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9214 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9215 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9217 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9218 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) != 57u << 26)
9228 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9229 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9231 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9232 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9233 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9234 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9236 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9237 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9240 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9244 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9245 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9247 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9250 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9257 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9258 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9261 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9263 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9264 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9267 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9270 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9271 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9272 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9274 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9275 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9276 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9278 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9279 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9280 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9282 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9283 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9285 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9287 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9288 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9290 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9291 && !(gent
->tls_type
!= 0
9292 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
9293 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9294 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9296 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9297 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9299 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9300 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9304 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9307 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9309 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9311 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9312 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9313 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9314 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9315 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9316 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9317 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9319 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
9320 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9324 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9327 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9328 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9330 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9332 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9333 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9334 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9335 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9338 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9339 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9343 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9347 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9349 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9350 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9352 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9353 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9355 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9358 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9359 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9363 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9364 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9366 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9367 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9368 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9369 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9371 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9372 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9373 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9374 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9375 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9376 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9377 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9378 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9380 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9384 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9385 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9386 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9389 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9390 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9392 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9393 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9394 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9396 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9397 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9399 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9400 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9403 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9406 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9408 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9409 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9411 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9412 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9414 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9416 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9419 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9422 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9425 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9426 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9427 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9428 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9429 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9431 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9432 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9433 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9434 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9436 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9437 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9438 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9439 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9441 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9443 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9445 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9446 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9447 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9448 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9449 visibility changes. */
9450 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9452 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9453 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9454 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9455 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9456 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9457 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9458 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9459 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9461 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
9463 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9472 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9474 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9475 should be made dynamic. */
9476 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9481 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9482 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9483 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9485 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
9487 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9489 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9490 should be made dynamic. */
9491 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9494 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9495 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9496 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9499 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9502 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9503 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9505 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9506 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9507 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9508 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9512 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9515 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9516 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9517 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9518 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9519 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
9522 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9523 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9524 && (((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
9525 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
9527 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9528 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
9529 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9530 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9532 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9533 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9535 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9538 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9539 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9540 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9545 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9546 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9547 s
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9552 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9556 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9558 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9560 /* Make room for this entry. */
9561 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9563 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9566 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
9569 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9570 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
9577 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9578 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9581 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9585 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9588 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9594 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9601 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9602 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9603 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9605 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9606 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9608 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9609 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9610 after the branch table. */
9613 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9615 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9616 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9617 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9620 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9623 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9630 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9634 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
9635 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9636 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9637 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
9638 && pent
->addend
== 0)
9640 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9641 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9642 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9643 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9644 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
9645 unsigned int align_power
;
9649 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
9650 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9652 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9653 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9654 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9655 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9656 entry stubs are needed. */
9657 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
9658 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
9659 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
9660 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
9661 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
9662 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
9663 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
9664 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
9665 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
9666 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
9667 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9668 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9669 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9671 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
9673 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
9674 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
9675 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
9676 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
9682 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
9683 read-only sections. */
9686 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9690 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9693 sec
= readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
9696 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9698 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9699 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT'"
9700 " in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
9701 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
9703 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
9709 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9712 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9713 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9715 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9720 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
9722 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9726 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9730 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9732 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9733 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9735 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9738 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9739 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9743 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
9745 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9747 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
9748 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
9749 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
9750 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
9751 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
9752 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9753 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9755 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9758 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9760 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
9762 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9764 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
9765 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
9767 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
9768 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
9769 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
9772 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
9774 asection
*srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9776 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9777 srel
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9778 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9779 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9784 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9788 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9789 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9790 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
9791 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
9792 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9793 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
9794 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9795 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
9797 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
9800 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
9801 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9803 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
9805 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9810 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
9811 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9813 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
9814 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9819 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
9820 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
9822 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
9823 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
9825 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9826 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
9827 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
9829 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
9830 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
9839 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
9840 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
9841 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
9843 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9845 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9846 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9848 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
9851 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9852 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9853 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9855 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9856 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
9857 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9861 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9862 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9863 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9864 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9868 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9872 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
9873 sym dynamic relocs. */
9874 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9876 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9877 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
9880 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9882 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9884 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9887 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
9888 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9890 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
9892 ent
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
9893 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
9897 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
9899 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9900 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
9903 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
9905 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
9906 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9911 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9914 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
9915 Allocate memory for them. */
9917 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9919 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9922 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
)
9923 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
9925 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9926 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
9927 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
9928 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
9930 || s
== htab
->global_entry
9931 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
9932 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9934 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
9937 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
9939 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
9940 /* Not sized yet. */
9943 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".rela"))
9947 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
9950 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9951 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9957 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9963 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
9964 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
9965 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
9966 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
9967 before the linker maps input sections to output
9968 sections. The linker does that before
9969 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
9970 function which decides whether anything needs to go
9971 into these sections. */
9972 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9976 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
9977 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
9980 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9983 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
9984 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
9985 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
9986 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
9987 sections instead of garbage.
9988 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
9989 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
9990 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9991 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9995 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9997 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10000 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10001 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10004 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10007 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10008 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10012 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10016 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10019 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10020 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10023 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10028 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10030 bfd_boolean tls_opt
;
10032 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10033 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10034 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10035 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10036 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10037 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10038 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10040 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10042 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10046 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10048 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10049 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10050 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10051 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10052 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10056 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10058 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10059 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10063 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10064 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10065 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
10066 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10068 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10074 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10075 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10076 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10079 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10080 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10081 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10082 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10084 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10086 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10091 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10096 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10099 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10101 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10103 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10106 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10109 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10111 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10112 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10113 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10114 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10115 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10116 bfd_vma destination
,
10117 unsigned long local_off
)
10119 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10121 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10122 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10123 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10127 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10128 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10130 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10132 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10136 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10137 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10138 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10141 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10144 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10145 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10146 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10147 any other type of stub. */
10148 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10149 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10150 return ppc_stub_none
;
10152 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10154 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10155 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10156 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10157 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10159 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10161 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10163 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10164 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10165 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10168 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10173 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10174 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10175 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10178 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10179 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10181 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10182 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10183 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10184 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10185 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10186 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10188 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10189 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10190 is needed later. */
10191 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10193 return ppc_stub_none
;
10196 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10197 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10202 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10203 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10204 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10205 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10206 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10207 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10210 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bfd_boolean load
)
10212 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10214 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10216 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10218 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10220 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10223 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10225 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10228 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10230 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10233 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10235 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10240 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10242 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10247 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10249 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10251 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10255 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10257 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10260 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10262 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10265 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10267 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10271 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10273 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10279 static unsigned int
10280 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10283 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10285 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10289 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10294 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10297 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10299 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10301 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10308 static unsigned int
10309 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10311 unsigned int num_rel
;
10312 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10314 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10319 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10320 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10322 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10324 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10330 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10331 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10332 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10334 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10335 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10337 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10338 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10339 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10340 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10341 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10343 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10346 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10347 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10348 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10352 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10353 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10356 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10357 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10361 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10362 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10363 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10366 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10368 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10372 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10373 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10374 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10376 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10380 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10381 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10382 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10389 build_powerxx_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10393 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10398 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10404 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10406 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10408 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10410 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10411 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10412 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10413 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10414 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10417 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10421 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10424 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10425 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10427 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10431 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10435 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10437 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10442 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10444 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10448 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10451 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10452 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10454 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10458 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10462 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10464 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10470 static unsigned int
10471 size_powerxx_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10473 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10475 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10481 static unsigned int
10482 num_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10484 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10486 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10492 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10493 emit_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10494 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
10495 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10497 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10499 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10501 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10502 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10503 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
10504 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10510 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10511 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10512 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
10513 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
10516 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10517 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
10518 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10522 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10523 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
10524 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
10528 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10531 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
10535 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
10536 else if (delta
< 256)
10538 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
10541 else if (delta
< 65536)
10543 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
10544 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10549 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
10550 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10556 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10558 static unsigned int
10559 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
10561 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
10562 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10564 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
10565 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10567 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
10568 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10570 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10574 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10575 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10576 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10577 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10578 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10579 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10580 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10582 . fake dep barrier compare
10583 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10584 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10585 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10586 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10587 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10588 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10590 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10591 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10593 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10594 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10596 static inline unsigned int
10597 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10598 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10603 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10605 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
10607 bfd_vma start
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
10608 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10609 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10610 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10612 size
= 8 + size_powerxx_offset (off
, start
& 4);
10615 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
10616 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10622 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10623 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10625 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
10630 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10632 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10633 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10634 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10635 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
10637 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (off
))
10640 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10641 && (stub_entry
->h
== htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
10642 || stub_entry
->h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
)
10643 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
10646 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10652 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10653 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10655 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10656 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10658 static inline unsigned int
10659 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10660 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10664 unsigned stub_size
;
10665 bfd_vma stub_off
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
10667 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10669 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10670 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
10671 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10675 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10676 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
);
10677 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
10678 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
10679 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10683 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10685 static inline bfd_byte
*
10686 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10687 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10688 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
10690 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
10691 bfd_boolean plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
10692 bfd_boolean plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
10693 bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10694 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10695 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10696 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
10697 bfd_boolean use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
10698 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
10700 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
10703 && !((stub_entry
->h
== htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
10704 || stub_entry
->h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
)
10705 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
10707 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
10708 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
10709 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
10710 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
10713 if (pltindex
> 32768)
10714 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
10716 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
10717 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
10718 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
10719 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10720 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10721 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10722 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
10723 != PPC_HA (offset
))
10724 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
10726 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10727 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10728 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
10729 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
10732 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10736 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10737 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10738 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10739 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
10740 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10741 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10742 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10745 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10747 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10748 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
10749 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10753 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10754 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10755 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10756 if (plt_static_chain
)
10758 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
10759 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10760 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
10765 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10766 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10767 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10770 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10771 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10775 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10776 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10779 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10781 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10784 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10789 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10790 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
10792 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
10793 if (plt_static_chain
)
10794 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
10801 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10802 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10803 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10804 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
10807 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10809 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10810 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
10811 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10815 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10816 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
10817 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
10818 if (plt_static_chain
)
10820 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10821 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
10822 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10827 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10828 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10829 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10830 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10832 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10834 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10837 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10842 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10843 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
10845 if (plt_static_chain
)
10846 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
10847 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
10850 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
10852 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
10853 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
10854 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
10857 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
10861 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
10863 #define LD_R11_0R3 0xe9630000
10864 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
10865 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
10866 #define CMPDI_R11_0 0x2c2b0000
10867 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
10868 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
10869 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
10870 #define STD_R11_0R1 0xf9610000
10871 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
10872 #define LD_R11_0R1 0xe9610000
10873 #define MTLR_R11 0x7d6803a6
10875 static inline bfd_byte
*
10876 build_tls_get_addr_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10877 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10878 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
10880 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
10883 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
10884 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
10885 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
10886 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R11_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
10887 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
10888 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
10889 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
10891 r
[0].r_offset
+= 7 * 4;
10892 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10893 return build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
10895 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
10896 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R11_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10899 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2 * 4;
10900 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
10901 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
10903 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10904 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10905 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
10906 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
10908 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10909 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
10911 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
10912 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
10914 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
10915 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
10916 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
10917 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
10918 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
10919 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
10920 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
10922 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
10923 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
10924 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
10926 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
10931 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10932 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
10934 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
10935 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
10937 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
10938 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
10939 if (relocs
== NULL
)
10941 bfd_size_type relsize
;
10942 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
10943 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
10944 if (relocs
== NULL
)
10946 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
10947 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
10948 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
10949 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
10951 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
10952 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
10953 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10954 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
10956 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
10957 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
10961 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
10962 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
10966 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10967 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10968 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
10970 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
10971 unsigned long symndx
;
10972 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10975 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
10976 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
10977 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
10978 if (hashes
== NULL
)
10980 bfd_size_type hsize
;
10982 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
10983 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
10984 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
10986 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
10987 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
10988 if (hashes
== NULL
)
10990 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
10991 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
10993 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
10995 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
10996 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
10997 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10998 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10999 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11000 symval
= (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
11001 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11002 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
11003 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11005 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11006 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11008 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11009 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11014 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11021 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11022 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11024 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11025 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11029 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11032 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11034 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11035 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11037 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11038 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11040 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11041 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11042 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11043 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11044 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11046 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11047 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11048 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11049 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11051 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11056 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11058 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11059 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11060 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11061 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11063 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11065 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11070 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11071 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11074 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11078 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11079 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11081 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1] += 1;
11082 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11084 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11085 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11086 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11087 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11088 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11089 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11090 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11092 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11093 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11094 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11095 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11099 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11101 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11103 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11105 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11108 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11110 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11112 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11113 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11116 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11118 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11119 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11124 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11127 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11130 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11131 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11132 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11136 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11138 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11141 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11142 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11143 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11144 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11145 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11150 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11151 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11152 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11153 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11155 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11157 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11158 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11159 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11163 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11164 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11165 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11166 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11167 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11169 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11170 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11172 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11174 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11176 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11178 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11179 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11182 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11183 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11184 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11185 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11186 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11188 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11189 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11190 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11191 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11193 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11195 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11198 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11199 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11200 translated from input file to output file form, so
11201 set up the offset per the output file. */
11202 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11203 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11204 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11205 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11206 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11210 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11211 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11212 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11214 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11215 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11218 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11220 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11221 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11222 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11223 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11224 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11228 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11230 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11233 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11234 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11235 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11236 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11237 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11238 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11239 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11240 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11242 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11243 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11244 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11245 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11250 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11252 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11254 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11255 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11257 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11258 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11261 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11262 LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11266 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11268 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11270 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11274 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11276 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11278 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11279 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11281 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11282 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11285 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11287 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11290 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11291 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11293 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11296 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11297 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11301 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11303 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11307 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11308 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11309 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11310 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11311 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11312 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11314 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11315 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11316 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11317 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11318 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11319 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11322 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11325 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
11327 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11328 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11331 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11332 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11333 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11334 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11336 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11337 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11339 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11341 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11344 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11345 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11346 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11352 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
11354 bfd_boolean load
= stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
11355 p
= build_powerxx_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
, odd
, load
);
11359 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11360 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11361 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11362 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11363 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11365 p
= build_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
,
11366 stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
);
11369 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11373 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11374 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11375 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
11377 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11378 B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
11382 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11384 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11388 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11390 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11391 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
11392 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (off
, odd
);
11395 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
11398 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
11401 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
11402 r
= emit_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
11404 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
11405 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11406 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11409 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11410 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11411 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11412 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11413 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11414 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
11419 if (!htab
->powerxx_stubs
11420 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11421 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11423 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11424 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11426 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11427 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11428 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11429 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
11430 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11431 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11432 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11434 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11435 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11436 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11437 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11440 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11441 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11443 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11447 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11448 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11449 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11450 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
11451 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
11453 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
11455 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11456 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11457 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11458 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11459 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11460 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
11463 /* Now build the stub. */
11464 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11465 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11468 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11469 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11470 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11471 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11473 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11474 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11476 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11478 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11480 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11481 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11484 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11486 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11487 /* xgettext:c-format */
11488 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11489 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11490 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
11492 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11493 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11498 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11500 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11501 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11503 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11504 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11508 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11509 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11510 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11511 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11513 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11514 && (stub_entry
->h
== htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
11515 || stub_entry
->h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
)
11516 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
11517 p
= build_tls_get_addr_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11519 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11522 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
11530 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
11532 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
11534 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11537 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
11550 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1]);
11551 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11552 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
11555 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
11556 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1], len1
);
11557 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
11558 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11561 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
11563 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
11564 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
11565 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11566 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
11567 h
->def_regular
= 1;
11568 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
11569 h
->forced_local
= 1;
11571 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
11578 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11579 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11580 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11583 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11585 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11586 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11587 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11589 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
11590 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
11592 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11593 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11596 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11600 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
11601 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
11603 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11604 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
11605 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11606 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
11608 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
11609 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
11610 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
11611 stub_entry
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
11615 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11617 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11618 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11619 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
11620 can reach with a shorter stub. */
11621 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
11622 /* Fall through. */
11623 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11624 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11625 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11626 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11627 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11628 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11629 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11630 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11631 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11635 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11637 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11638 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11640 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11644 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11646 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11652 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
11653 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
11654 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
11656 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
11657 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11659 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11661 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11662 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11664 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11666 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
11667 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11668 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11672 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
11674 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
11675 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
11676 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
11678 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11679 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11680 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11682 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
11683 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11687 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11688 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11689 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11690 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11691 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11694 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11696 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
11697 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
11698 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11701 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
11702 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11705 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11711 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11714 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11716 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11720 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11722 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
11723 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11727 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11728 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11729 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
11730 /* Fall through. */
11731 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11732 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11733 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11734 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11735 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11737 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11740 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11741 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11742 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11746 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11748 unsigned int num_rel
;
11749 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
11750 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (off
, odd
);
11752 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
11753 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
11754 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11757 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
11758 extra
= size_powerxx_offset (off
, odd
);
11760 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
11761 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
11763 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
11764 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
11768 if (!htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
11770 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11771 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
11772 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
11773 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11775 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
11776 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
11777 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
11778 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11779 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
11780 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11783 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
11784 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11786 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
11787 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
11790 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11791 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
11794 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11795 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11796 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11797 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11798 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11799 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11801 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11802 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11805 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11806 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11807 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11808 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11810 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11811 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11813 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11815 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11819 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
11821 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
11823 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
11824 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
11828 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11830 unsigned int num_rel
;
11831 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
11832 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (off
, odd
);
11834 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
11835 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
11836 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11839 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
11841 if (!htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
11843 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11844 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
11845 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
11846 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11848 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
11849 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
11850 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
11851 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11852 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
11853 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11857 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11858 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11859 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
11860 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11862 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11863 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11864 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11865 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11867 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11868 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11870 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11872 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11874 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11875 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11878 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
11880 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
11882 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
11883 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
11886 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11888 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
11889 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11891 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11892 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11894 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11897 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
11899 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11900 && (stub_entry
->h
== htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
11901 || stub_entry
->h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
)
11902 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
11903 && stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11905 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to
11906 emit .eh_frame info saying the return address is
11907 on the stack. In fact we put the EH info specifying
11908 that the return address is on the stack *at* the
11909 call rather than after it, because the EH info for a
11910 call needs to be specified by that point.
11911 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program. */
11912 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
11913 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
11914 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
11915 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
11916 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11917 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
11918 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= size
- 4;
11927 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= size
;
11931 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
11932 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
11933 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
11936 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11940 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11945 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
11946 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
11947 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
11948 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
11951 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
11952 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
11953 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
11958 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
11961 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11963 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11965 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
11966 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
11967 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
11970 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
11971 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
11972 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
11975 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
11977 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11978 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
11983 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
11985 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
11986 bfd_boolean new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
11990 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
11991 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
11994 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
11995 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
11996 limit
= 0x80008000;
11997 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
11999 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12001 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12002 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12003 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12004 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12007 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12008 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12009 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12010 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12011 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12012 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12013 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12015 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12016 file .toc and .got together. */
12018 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12019 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12022 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12026 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12027 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12028 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12029 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12031 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12033 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12034 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12036 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12037 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12039 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12040 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12041 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12042 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12047 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12051 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12053 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12056 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12061 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12065 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12067 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12069 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12072 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12073 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12074 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12078 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12079 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12083 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12085 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12086 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12087 bfd_boolean done_something
;
12089 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12091 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12094 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12095 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12097 /* And tlsld_got. */
12098 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12100 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12102 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12105 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12106 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12107 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12109 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12111 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12114 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12115 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12116 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12117 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12119 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
12120 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12126 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12127 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12128 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12129 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12131 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12133 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12135 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12138 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12141 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12143 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12144 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12149 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12150 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12151 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12153 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12154 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12155 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12156 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12157 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12158 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12159 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12162 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12165 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12169 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12170 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12171 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12172 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12173 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12174 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12175 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12176 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
12178 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12180 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12182 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12183 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12185 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12186 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12191 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12192 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12194 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12195 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12197 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12198 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
12199 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
12201 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12202 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12208 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12210 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12212 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12214 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12217 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12218 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12219 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12221 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12222 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12224 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12226 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12227 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12232 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12233 if (!done_something
)
12234 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12238 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12241 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12244 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12245 if (done_something
)
12250 if (done_something
)
12251 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12253 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12254 on input sections. */
12255 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12256 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12257 htab
->second_toc_pass
= TRUE
;
12258 return done_something
;
12261 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12264 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12266 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12268 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12269 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12270 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12273 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12274 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12275 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12276 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12277 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12278 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12279 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12282 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12286 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12287 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12289 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12290 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12293 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12296 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12300 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12302 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12303 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12304 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12306 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12307 info
->keep_memory
);
12308 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12311 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12313 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12317 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12319 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12320 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12321 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12322 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12323 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12325 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12329 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12330 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12331 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12332 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12333 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12334 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12335 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12336 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
12339 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
12340 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
12347 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12349 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12351 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
12353 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
12359 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
12360 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12363 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12364 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12365 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12372 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12375 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12376 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12378 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12380 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
12382 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12383 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12386 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12390 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12392 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12394 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12397 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12398 &sym_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
12399 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12404 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12405 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12407 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12408 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
12411 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12412 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
12413 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12419 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12420 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12421 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
12422 + isec
->output_section
->vma
12423 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
12424 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12432 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12433 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12434 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12435 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
12438 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12439 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12440 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
12444 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12445 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12447 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12448 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
12449 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12460 if (local_syms
!= NULL
12461 && (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
12462 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
))
12464 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
12469 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
12470 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
12471 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
12473 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
12474 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12476 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
12479 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12480 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
12481 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12488 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
12493 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12494 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12495 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12496 we may insert linker stubs. */
12499 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12501 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12506 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12507 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12509 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12510 which is what we want. */
12511 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
12512 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
12513 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
12516 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
12518 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12519 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12520 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12521 hit an exception. */
12522 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
12523 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12524 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
12525 || isec
->call_check_done
))
12527 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
12530 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12531 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12532 check_pasted_section(). */
12533 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
12534 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12537 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
12541 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
12542 have toc relocs. */
12545 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
12547 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
12551 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12552 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
12555 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12556 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
12559 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12560 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
12565 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12566 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12568 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12572 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
12574 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12575 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
12581 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12583 return (check_pasted_section (info
, ".init")
12584 & check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini"));
12587 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
12588 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
12589 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
12590 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
12591 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
12592 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
12595 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12596 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
12597 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
)
12599 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12601 bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors
;
12603 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12607 suppress_size_errors
= FALSE
;
12608 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
12610 /* Default values. */
12611 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
12612 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
12614 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
12615 suppress_size_errors
= TRUE
;
12618 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
12622 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12625 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
12626 while (tail
!= NULL
)
12630 bfd_size_type total
;
12631 bfd_boolean big_sec
;
12633 struct map_stub
*group
;
12634 bfd_size_type group_size
;
12637 total
= tail
->size
;
12638 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
12639 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
12640 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
12642 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
12643 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
12644 /* xgettext:c-format */
12645 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
12646 tail
->owner
, tail
);
12647 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
12649 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
12650 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
12651 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
12652 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
12653 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
12654 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
12657 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
12658 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
12659 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
12660 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
12661 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
12662 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
12663 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
12664 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
12665 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
12666 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
12667 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
12670 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
12671 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
12672 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
12673 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
12674 group
->eh_size
= 0;
12675 group
->eh_base
= 0;
12676 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
12677 htab
->group
= group
;
12680 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
12681 /* Set up this stub group. */
12682 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
12684 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
12686 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
12687 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
12688 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
12689 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
12690 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
12691 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
12694 while (prev
!= NULL
12695 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
12696 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
12697 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
12698 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
12700 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
12703 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
12704 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
12713 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
12715 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
12716 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
12717 1, /* CIE version. */
12718 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
12719 4, /* Code alignment. */
12720 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
12722 1, /* Augmentation size. */
12723 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
12724 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
12727 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
12728 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
12729 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
12733 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12735 if (isec
->size
== 0
12736 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
12737 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
12738 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
12739 isec
->output_section
)
12740 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
12742 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
12743 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
12744 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
12748 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
12750 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
12751 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
12755 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12757 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
12758 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
;
12759 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12764 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
12765 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
12766 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
12767 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
12768 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
12770 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
12774 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
12776 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
12777 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
12782 "GOMP_parallel_start",
12783 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
12784 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
12785 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
12786 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
12787 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
12788 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
12789 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
12790 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
12791 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
12792 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
12798 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
12800 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12801 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
12802 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12803 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
12804 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
12808 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
12809 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
12810 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
12812 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
12814 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
12817 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
12818 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
12819 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
12820 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
12821 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
12822 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
12827 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
12828 struct map_stub
*group
;
12830 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
12832 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
12834 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
12836 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12838 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
12840 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
12843 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
12844 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
12845 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
12848 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
12849 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
12851 section
= section
->next
)
12853 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
12855 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
12857 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
12858 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
12859 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
12860 || (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12861 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
12864 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
12865 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
12866 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
12867 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
12870 /* Get the relocs. */
12872 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
12873 info
->keep_memory
);
12874 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12875 goto error_ret_free_local
;
12877 /* Now examine each relocation. */
12878 irela
= internal_relocs
;
12879 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
12880 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
12882 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12883 unsigned int r_indx
;
12884 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
12885 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
12886 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
12887 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
12888 bfd_vma destination
;
12889 unsigned long local_off
;
12890 bfd_boolean ok_dest
;
12891 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
12892 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
12893 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12894 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12896 const asection
*id_sec
;
12897 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12898 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
12900 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
12901 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
12903 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
12905 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12906 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
12909 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
12910 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12911 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12912 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12913 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12914 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
12917 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
12919 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
12920 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
12921 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
12922 hash
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12929 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12930 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
12931 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12934 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12935 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12937 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
12938 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12941 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
12942 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
12944 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
12945 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
12947 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
12948 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
12950 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
12951 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12952 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12954 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
12955 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
12956 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12965 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12966 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
12973 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
12974 destination
= (sym_value
12975 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12976 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12977 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
12982 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
12983 code_value
= sym_value
;
12984 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12989 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12991 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12994 code_value
+= adjust
;
12995 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12997 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12998 &code_sec
, &code_value
, FALSE
);
12999 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13001 destination
= dest
;
13004 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13006 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13007 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13008 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13013 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13015 stub_type
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13016 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13019 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
13021 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13022 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
13023 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13024 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13025 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13026 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13027 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13028 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13029 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
;
13031 else if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13033 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13034 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13035 different object files when creating the
13036 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13037 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13038 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13039 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13040 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13041 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13042 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
)
13043 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13044 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
))
13045 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13046 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13047 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
13048 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
;
13051 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_none
)
13054 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
13055 if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
13056 && stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
13058 && (hash
== htab
->tls_get_addr
13059 || hash
== htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
)
13060 && section
->has_tls_reloc
13061 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
13063 /* Get tls info. */
13064 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
13066 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13067 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
13068 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13069 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
13073 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13076 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
13077 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
13078 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
13079 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
13080 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
13081 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
13082 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
13084 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
13085 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
13086 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13089 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
;
13092 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13093 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
13095 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13096 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
13098 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13100 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13101 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13102 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
13104 enum ppc_stub_type old_type
;
13105 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13106 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13107 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13108 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13109 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13110 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13112 old_type
= stub_entry
->stub_type
;
13118 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
13121 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
13122 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
13123 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
13124 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
13125 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13127 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13129 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13130 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13132 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13134 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13135 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13141 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
13142 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
13143 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
13144 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
13145 old_type
+= (ppc_stub_long_branch
13146 - ppc_stub_plt_branch
);
13147 /* Fall through. */
13148 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
13149 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
13150 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
13151 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
13152 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
13154 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13156 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13157 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13159 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13161 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13162 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13168 if (old_type
< stub_type
)
13169 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13173 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
13174 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
13177 error_ret_free_internal
:
13178 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
13179 free (internal_relocs
);
13180 error_ret_free_local
:
13181 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13182 && (symtab_hdr
->contents
13183 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
))
13188 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13189 if (stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
13190 && stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
13192 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
13193 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
13197 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
13198 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
13200 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
13201 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
13202 stub_entry
->symtype
13203 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
13204 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
13207 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13208 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13209 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
13212 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13213 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13214 free (internal_relocs
);
13217 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13218 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13220 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13223 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13227 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13229 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13231 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13232 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13233 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13235 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
13237 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13238 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
)
13239 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13240 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
13241 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13242 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
13243 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13247 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13248 || htab
->brlt
->rawsize
< htab
->brlt
->size
)
13249 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
13250 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
13251 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
13252 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13253 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13254 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
13256 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
13258 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13259 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
13260 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
13262 if (info
->emitrelocations
13263 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13265 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
13266 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
13269 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13270 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
13271 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
13273 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
13275 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13276 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13277 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13278 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13279 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13281 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
13282 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13283 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
13284 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
13285 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
13288 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
13289 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13290 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13292 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
13293 group
->stub_sec
->size
13294 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
13297 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13298 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
13299 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
13300 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13301 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
13305 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
13306 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13307 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
13308 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
13309 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
))
13312 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13313 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
13316 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13317 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
13320 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
13321 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
13322 struct map_stub
*group
;
13324 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13325 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13326 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13327 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13328 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
13331 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
13335 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
13336 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13337 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13338 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13339 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
13341 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13342 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13344 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13346 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13348 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13351 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13352 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13354 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13356 /* stub section size. */
13357 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
13359 /* Augmentation. */
13361 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13362 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13363 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13364 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
13366 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13369 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13371 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13374 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13375 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13377 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13380 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
13382 /* Augmentation. */
13385 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13386 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
13388 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
13389 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 5 : 7);
13390 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
13392 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
13394 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13395 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13396 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13397 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13398 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13399 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
13400 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
13401 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
13404 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
13405 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
13406 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
13411 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13412 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13415 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
13418 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
13422 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13423 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13425 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13426 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
13430 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, ".TOC.", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13431 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
13435 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13436 && !h
->root
.linker_def
13437 && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13438 || h
->def_regular
))
13440 TOCstart
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
- TOC_BASE_OFF
13441 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
13442 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
13443 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13448 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13449 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13450 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
13451 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13452 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
13453 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13454 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
13455 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13456 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
13457 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13459 /* This may happen for
13460 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
13462 o bad linker script
13463 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
13465 FIXME: Warn user? */
13467 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
13469 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13470 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
13472 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13475 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13476 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13477 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13480 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13481 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13485 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13486 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
13492 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
13494 /* Force alignment. */
13495 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
13496 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
13497 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13499 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
13501 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13505 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
13507 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
13508 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13513 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
13514 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
13515 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
13516 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
);
13522 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
13523 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
13526 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13528 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13529 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13530 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
13533 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
13537 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13541 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13542 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13544 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
13545 table. Set it up. */
13546 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13547 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
13550 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13551 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13553 if (!(h
->def_regular
13554 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13555 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
13557 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13559 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13560 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
13561 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13563 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
13565 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
13569 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13570 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
13572 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
13574 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13576 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
13581 rela
.r_addend
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13582 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
13583 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13586 if (relplt
== NULL
)
13588 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
13589 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
13592 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
13593 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
13594 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
13599 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
13600 + plt
->output_offset
13601 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13602 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
13603 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
13604 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13609 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
13610 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
13611 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13612 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13613 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
13614 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
13615 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
13616 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
13617 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
13618 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13619 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13623 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
13626 if (h
->def_regular
)
13629 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
13630 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
13633 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13634 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
13635 && ent
->addend
== 0)
13641 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13642 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
13643 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13644 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13646 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13647 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13649 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13651 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
13652 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
13654 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
13656 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13657 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
13658 h
->root
.root
.string
);
13659 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13660 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
13663 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
13664 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
13666 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
13667 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
13672 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
13673 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13676 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
13678 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13679 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13680 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
13681 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
13682 h
->def_regular
= 1;
13683 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
13684 h
->forced_local
= 1;
13686 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
13690 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
13692 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
13695 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
13697 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
13699 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
13705 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
13708 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13710 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13713 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13715 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
13716 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
13717 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13718 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
13719 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13720 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
13722 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
13725 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
13729 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
13730 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13731 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
13732 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
13733 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
13734 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
13735 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13736 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13738 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13740 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
13744 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13745 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
13747 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13748 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13753 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
13754 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13755 val
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (sym
->st_other
);
13756 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13757 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
13759 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13761 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13762 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13763 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
13767 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13768 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
13771 if (relplt
== NULL
)
13773 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
13774 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
13777 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
13778 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
13783 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13784 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
13785 + plt
->output_offset
13786 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
13787 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13790 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
13792 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
13797 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13799 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
13801 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
13802 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
13803 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
13804 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13808 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13809 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13811 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13814 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13820 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
13821 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
13822 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
13825 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13828 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13829 struct map_stub
*group
;
13830 asection
*stub_sec
;
13832 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
13837 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
13838 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13840 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13841 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13842 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
13843 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
13845 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
13847 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
13849 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13853 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13858 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
13859 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
13861 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13862 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
13863 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13866 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
13868 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13869 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
13870 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
13871 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
13872 h
->def_regular
= 1;
13873 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
13874 h
->forced_local
= 1;
13876 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
13879 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
13880 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
13882 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
13884 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
13887 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
13888 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
13889 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
13890 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
13892 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
13893 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
13894 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
13898 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
13900 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
13902 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
13904 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
13906 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
13908 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
13910 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
13912 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
13914 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
13916 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
13921 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
13923 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
13925 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
13927 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
13929 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
13931 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
13933 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
13935 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
13937 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-48 & 0xffff), p
);
13939 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
13941 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
13943 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
13945 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
13948 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
13950 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
13952 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
13954 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
13960 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
13965 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
13967 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
13972 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
13973 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
13979 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
13980 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
13982 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
13985 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
13987 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
13989 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
13992 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
13994 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
13995 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
13996 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14000 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
14001 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
14003 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14004 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14005 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14007 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14008 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14010 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14011 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14012 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14014 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14015 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14018 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14019 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14021 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14022 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
14023 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
14024 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14028 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
14029 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
14034 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14035 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14040 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14041 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14043 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14044 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14046 /* Offset to stub section. */
14047 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
14048 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
14049 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14050 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14051 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14052 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14055 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14056 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
14059 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14060 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
14062 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14064 /* Offset to .glink. */
14065 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
14066 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
14068 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14069 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14070 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14071 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14074 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14075 htab
->glink
->name
);
14078 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14079 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14083 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14084 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14086 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
14087 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
14088 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14089 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
14095 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14096 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14099 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14105 *stats
= bfd_malloc (500);
14106 if (*stats
== NULL
)
14109 len
= sprintf (*stats
,
14110 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14111 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14114 sprintf (*stats
+ len
, _(" branch %lu\n"
14115 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14116 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14117 " branch both %lu\n"
14118 " long branch %lu\n"
14119 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14120 " long notoc %lu\n"
14123 " plt call save %lu\n"
14124 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14125 " plt call both %lu\n"
14126 " global entry %lu"),
14127 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
14128 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
- 1],
14129 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
- 1],
14130 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_both
- 1],
14131 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
14132 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
- 1],
14133 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
- 1],
14134 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
- 1],
14135 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
14136 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
- 1],
14137 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
- 1],
14138 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_both
- 1],
14139 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]);
14144 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14145 discarded sections. */
14147 static unsigned int
14148 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
14150 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
14153 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
14156 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
14159 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
14162 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
14165 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
14169 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
14171 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
14172 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
14173 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
14174 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
14175 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
14176 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14177 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
14178 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
14179 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14180 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
14181 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
14182 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
14183 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
14184 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
14185 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
14186 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
14187 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
14188 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
14189 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
14190 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
14191 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
14192 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
14193 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
14194 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
14195 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
14196 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
14197 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
14199 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
14200 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
14201 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
14202 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
14203 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
14204 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
14205 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
14206 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
14207 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
14208 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
14209 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
14210 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
14211 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
14212 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
14213 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
14214 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
14222 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14223 to handle the relocations for a section.
14225 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14226 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14229 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14230 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14231 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14234 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14235 address or the reloc symbol index.
14237 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14239 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14240 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14242 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14243 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14245 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14246 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14247 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14248 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14252 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
14253 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14255 asection
*input_section
,
14256 bfd_byte
*contents
,
14257 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
14258 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
14259 asection
**local_sections
)
14261 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14262 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14263 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
14264 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
14265 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
14266 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
14267 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
14269 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
14271 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
14272 bfd_boolean is_opd
;
14273 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14274 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
14275 bfd_boolean warned_dynamic
= FALSE
;
14276 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
14278 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14279 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
14282 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14286 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14287 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
14290 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
14292 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
14296 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
14297 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
14298 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
14299 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
14300 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
14302 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
14303 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
14304 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
14306 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
14308 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
14309 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14311 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
14312 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14313 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
14314 const char *sym_name
;
14315 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
14316 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
14317 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
14318 unsigned char sym_type
;
14319 bfd_vma relocation
;
14320 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
14321 bfd_boolean warned
;
14322 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
14325 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
14326 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
14328 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
14329 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
14330 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
14337 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
14338 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
14340 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
14341 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
14342 proper TOC base to use. */
14343 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
14345 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
14347 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
14353 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14356 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
14358 /* It's a local symbol. */
14359 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
14361 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
14362 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
14363 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
14364 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
14365 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
14366 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
14367 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
14369 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
14375 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
14376 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
14377 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
14378 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
14379 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
14380 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
14381 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
14383 relocation
+= adjust
;
14389 bfd_boolean ignored
;
14391 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
14392 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
14393 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
14394 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
14395 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
14396 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
14398 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
14399 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
14401 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
14402 such are defined in output sections, even those
14403 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
14404 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
14405 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
14406 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
14407 by the opd entry. */
14408 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
14409 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
14410 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14412 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14413 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
14414 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
14417 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
14418 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
14425 h
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h_elf
;
14427 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
14429 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
14430 input_bfd
, input_section
,
14431 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
14432 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
14434 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
14436 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
14437 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
14438 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
14439 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
14440 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14441 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
14447 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14450 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
14452 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
14453 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14454 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14457 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
14458 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
14459 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
14460 for the final instruction stream. */
14465 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
14466 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
14468 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
14469 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14470 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
14471 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14472 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
14474 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
14475 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14476 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14477 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14479 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14480 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14482 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14483 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
14487 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
14490 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
14491 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
14492 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
14493 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
14495 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14496 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14497 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
14499 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14500 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14501 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14502 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14503 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
14506 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14507 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
14508 /* xgettext:c-format */
14509 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
14510 /* xgettext:c-format */
14511 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
14512 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
14513 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
14517 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
14518 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
14519 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
14520 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
14521 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
14522 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
14523 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
14524 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
14525 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
14526 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
14527 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
14535 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
14536 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14537 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) != 58u << 26)
14539 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
14540 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14541 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
14542 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14545 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
14546 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
14547 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
14548 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
14550 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14551 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14554 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14555 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
14561 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
14562 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
14563 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
14565 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14566 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
14571 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
14572 doing a GD->IE transition. */
14576 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14577 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
14580 else if (retval
== 3)
14582 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14583 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
14591 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
14592 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
14593 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14594 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
14596 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
14597 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
14598 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
14599 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14603 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
14604 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14605 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14606 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
14609 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
14610 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14612 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
14613 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
14614 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14615 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
14616 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
14618 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
14619 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
14620 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
14621 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
14625 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14629 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
14630 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14631 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
14633 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
14634 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
14636 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
14637 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
14638 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
14639 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
14640 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
14641 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
14642 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
14643 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
14644 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14649 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14650 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
14652 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
14653 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
14656 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
14658 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
14659 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
14660 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
14661 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
14662 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
14663 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
14665 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
14666 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
14667 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
14668 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
14672 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14674 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
14676 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
14677 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
14679 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 14 << 26)
14681 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
14682 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
14683 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
14688 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
14689 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
14690 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
14693 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
14698 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
14699 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
14701 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
14705 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
14706 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
14707 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
14710 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
14711 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
14712 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
14715 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
14716 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
14717 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
14719 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14723 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
14724 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
14726 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
14730 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
14731 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
14732 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
14734 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
14737 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
14738 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
14739 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
14740 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
14741 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
14742 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
14743 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
14744 && rel
+ 1 < relend
14745 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
14746 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
14747 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
))
14748 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
14749 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
14750 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
14751 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
14752 before the call by intervening code. */
14753 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
14754 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14755 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
14758 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
14759 insn1
|= 58 << 26; /* ld */
14760 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
14761 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14762 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
14763 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
14764 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
14765 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
14767 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
14768 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
14769 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14774 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
14775 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
14776 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
14779 /* Was an LD reloc. */
14780 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
14781 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
14783 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
14785 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
14786 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
14788 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
14789 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14790 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14792 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
14793 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
14794 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
14795 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
14798 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
14799 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14800 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14802 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
14803 if (offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
14805 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
14806 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
14807 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
14810 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
14811 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
14813 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
14814 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
14820 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
14821 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
14823 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
14825 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
14826 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
14828 /* IE, pla -> pld */
14829 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
14830 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
;
14834 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
14835 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
14836 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
14838 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14839 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
14840 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
14841 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
14842 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
14846 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
14847 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
14849 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
14851 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
14852 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
14853 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
14854 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
14855 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
14856 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
14857 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
14858 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
14859 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
14860 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14865 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
14866 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
14867 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
14869 unsigned int insn2
;
14870 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
14872 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
14873 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
14875 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
14876 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
14877 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
14878 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
14879 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
14883 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
14884 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
14886 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
14889 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
14890 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
14895 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
14897 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
14898 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
14900 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
14901 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
14903 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
14908 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
14909 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
14910 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
14913 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14914 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
14915 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
14916 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
14917 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
14918 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
14920 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
14925 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
14926 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
14927 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
14929 unsigned int insn2
;
14930 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
14932 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
14933 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
14935 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
14936 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
14937 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
14938 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
14939 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
14943 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
14944 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
14946 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
14947 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
14949 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
14954 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
14955 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
14956 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
14957 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
14958 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
14960 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14961 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
14962 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
14963 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
14964 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
14965 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
14970 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14971 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
14972 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
14973 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
14975 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
14977 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
14978 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
14979 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
14982 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
14983 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
14985 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14990 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
14992 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
14993 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
14994 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14999 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15000 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15002 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15003 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15007 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15008 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15009 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15010 && !info
->traditional_format
15011 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15013 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15015 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15016 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15017 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15018 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15020 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15021 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15022 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15023 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15024 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15025 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15030 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
15031 + input_section
->output_offset
15032 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15033 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15035 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15037 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15038 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15039 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15040 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15042 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15043 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15044 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15045 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15046 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15047 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15053 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15054 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
15055 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
15056 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
15057 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
15060 if .TOC. is in range. */
15061 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15062 && !info
->traditional_format
15064 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
15065 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
15066 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15067 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
15068 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15069 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
15070 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15072 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15073 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15074 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15075 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15076 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
15077 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
15079 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
15080 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15081 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
15082 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
15083 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
15084 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
15090 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
15092 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
15093 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15094 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
15100 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15101 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
15102 + input_section
->output_offset
15103 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
15104 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
15105 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15107 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15109 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
15110 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15111 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15112 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15116 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
15117 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15118 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15119 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
15120 /* Fall through. */
15122 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
15123 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15124 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15125 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15126 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
15127 /* Fall through. */
15129 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15130 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
15131 /* Fall through. */
15133 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15134 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15135 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15136 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15137 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15138 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15139 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15140 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15141 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15146 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
15147 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
15148 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
15150 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15151 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15152 && stub_entry
!= NULL
15153 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15154 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15157 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15158 && ((stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15159 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15160 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15161 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15162 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15163 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
))
15165 bfd_boolean can_plt_call
= FALSE
;
15167 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15169 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
15170 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
15172 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15173 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15175 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15177 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15178 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15181 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15182 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15183 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15184 else if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15188 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15189 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15194 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15195 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15196 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15197 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15198 else if (nop
== NOP
15199 || nop
== CROR_151515
15200 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
15203 && (h
== htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
15204 || h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
)
15205 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15207 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15210 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15211 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15212 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15213 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15218 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
15220 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
15225 if (strncmp (name
, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0
15226 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
15228 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15229 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15230 the same, if we could detect such. */
15231 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15237 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15238 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15239 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15240 global symbol and on the other a local call
15241 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15242 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15243 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15245 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
15247 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15249 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15250 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15251 - sec
->output_offset
);
15253 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15255 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
15256 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15261 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15262 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15263 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15264 /* xgettext:c-format */
15265 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15266 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15267 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15269 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15270 /* xgettext:c-format */
15271 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15272 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15273 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15275 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15280 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15281 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15282 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15285 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
15286 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15287 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15288 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15290 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15291 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15292 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15293 - sec
->output_offset
);
15294 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15295 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15299 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
15303 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15305 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15306 + input_section
->output_offset
15307 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15309 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15313 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15314 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15315 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15316 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15317 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15318 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15319 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
15320 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15323 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15324 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15325 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15326 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15327 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15328 && (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15329 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
15330 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
15331 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15332 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15335 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15336 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15337 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15338 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15339 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15340 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15341 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15342 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15345 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
15347 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
15348 rather than the procedure directly. */
15349 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
15351 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
15352 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
15353 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
15354 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
15355 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
15356 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
15358 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
15359 + stub_sec
->output_offset
15360 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
15362 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
15364 if (((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15365 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
)
15366 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
15367 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15369 && (h
== htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
15370 || h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
)
15371 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15372 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15373 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15374 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
)
15376 else if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15377 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15378 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15379 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15382 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15383 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
15384 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
))
15385 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
15392 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
15393 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
15394 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
15395 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
15396 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
15397 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
15398 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
15404 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
15405 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
15406 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
15409 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15412 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
15413 We can thus call a weak function without first
15414 checking whether the function is defined. */
15416 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15417 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
15418 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
15419 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15423 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15428 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
15429 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15430 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
15431 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15433 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15434 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15436 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15437 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15438 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15439 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15444 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
15445 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
15446 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15447 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
15448 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15450 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15451 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15453 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15454 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15455 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15456 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15458 else if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
15460 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
15461 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15466 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
15467 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15468 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
15469 + input_section
->output_offset
);
15470 if (relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
15471 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15473 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15474 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15476 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15477 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15478 == ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
15480 /* Replace with paddi. */
15481 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
15482 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
15483 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15484 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
15485 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15491 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
15492 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15494 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15495 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15497 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15498 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15499 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
15500 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
15503 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15504 && rel
[1].r_offset
== offset
15505 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
))
15507 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
15509 /* zero means next insn. */
15512 if (off2
+ 4 <= input_section
->size
)
15515 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
15516 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
15518 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15520 if (off2
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
15522 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15523 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
15525 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
15527 addend
+= addend_off
;
15528 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
15529 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15530 contents
+ offset
);
15531 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
15532 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15533 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
15535 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15536 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
15537 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
15547 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
15551 /* xgettext:c-format */
15552 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
15553 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
15555 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15561 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15562 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15563 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15564 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
15565 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
15566 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15567 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
15570 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
15571 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
15572 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
15573 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
15574 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15575 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15576 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15577 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15578 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
15579 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
15582 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15583 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15584 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15585 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15586 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
15587 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
15590 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15591 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15592 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15593 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15594 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
15595 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
15598 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
15599 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
15600 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
15601 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
15602 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
15603 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
15606 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
15607 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
15608 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
15609 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
15610 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
15611 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
15612 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
15615 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
15620 unsigned long indx
= 0;
15621 struct got_entry
*ent
;
15623 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
15624 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15625 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
15630 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
15631 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
15632 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
15633 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
15634 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
15635 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
15636 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
15637 because of a version file. */
15641 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
15642 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15644 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
15648 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
15650 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
15653 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
15654 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
15655 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
15656 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
15662 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
15663 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
15664 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
15665 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
15669 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
15670 least significant bit to record whether we have already
15671 processed this entry. */
15673 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
15677 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
15678 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
15686 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
15687 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
15690 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
15692 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
15693 else if (is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
15694 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
15697 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
15699 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
15701 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
15702 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))))
15703 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
15704 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
15706 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
15707 + got
->output_offset
15709 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
15710 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
15712 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
15713 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
15714 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
15716 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
15717 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
15718 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
15719 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
15721 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
15722 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
15724 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
15727 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
15728 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
15729 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
15730 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
15731 else if (indx
!= 0)
15732 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
15736 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
15738 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
15740 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
15742 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
15743 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
15747 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
15749 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
15750 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
15752 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
15753 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
15755 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
15758 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
15759 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
15760 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
15761 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
15764 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
15765 emitting a reloc. */
15768 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
15771 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
15775 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
15778 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15779 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
15780 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
15783 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
15785 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
15786 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
15790 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
15791 got
->contents
+ off
);
15795 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
15798 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
15800 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
15801 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
15802 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
15803 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
15804 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
))
15805 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
15809 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
15810 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
15811 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
15812 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
15813 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
15814 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
15815 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
15816 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
15817 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
15818 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
15819 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15820 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15821 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
15822 procedure linkage table. */
15823 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
15825 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
15827 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
15828 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
15830 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
15831 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
15832 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
15836 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
15838 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
15839 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
15840 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
15845 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
15846 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
15848 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
15851 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
15852 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15853 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
15855 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
15857 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
15858 + plt
->output_offset
15859 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
15860 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
15861 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
15862 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
15863 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
15865 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
15866 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
15870 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15878 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
15879 relocation
= TOCstart
;
15880 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
15881 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15882 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
15884 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
15885 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
15887 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
15890 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
15891 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
15892 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
15894 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
15895 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
15896 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
15897 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
15898 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
15899 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
15900 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15905 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
15906 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
15907 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
15908 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
15909 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
15910 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
15911 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
15913 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
15916 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
15917 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
15918 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
15919 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15920 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
15921 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
15922 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
15923 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
15924 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
15925 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
15926 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
15927 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
15928 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
15929 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
15930 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
15931 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15932 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15933 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15934 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15935 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15936 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
15937 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
15940 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
15941 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
15942 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
15943 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
15944 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
15945 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15946 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
15947 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
15948 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
15949 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
15950 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
15951 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
15952 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
15954 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15955 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
15957 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
15958 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
15959 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
15960 defined before using them. */
15961 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15963 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
15964 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
15966 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
15969 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
15970 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
15971 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
15972 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
15973 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
15976 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
15977 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
15978 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
15979 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
15980 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
15981 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
15982 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
15983 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
15984 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
15985 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
15986 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
15987 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
15988 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
15989 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
15990 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15993 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
15994 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
15999 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16004 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16005 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16006 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16009 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
16010 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16011 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16012 /* Fall through. */
16014 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
16016 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
16017 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
16018 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
16019 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
16020 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16021 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16022 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
16023 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16024 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16025 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
16026 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
16027 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16028 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
16029 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16030 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
16031 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16032 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
16033 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16034 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
16035 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16036 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
16037 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16038 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
16039 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
16040 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
16041 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
16042 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
16043 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
16045 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16046 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16047 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16050 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
16053 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
16056 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16058 || h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
16059 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
16060 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
16062 ? h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
16063 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16065 bfd_boolean skip
, relocate
;
16070 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
16071 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
16077 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
16078 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
16079 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
16081 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
16082 skip
= TRUE
, relocate
= TRUE
;
16083 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
16084 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16085 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
16086 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16088 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
16089 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
16090 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
16091 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
16092 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
16093 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
16094 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
16095 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
16096 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
16097 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
16100 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
16101 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16103 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
16105 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16106 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
16107 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16111 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
16112 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
16113 at a local function. */
16114 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16115 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
16117 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
16119 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
16120 when building shared libraries and we
16121 reference a function in another shared
16122 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
16123 definition in an application that's
16124 overridden by a strong definition in a
16125 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
16126 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
16127 In these cases we won't use the opd
16128 entry in this lib. */
16129 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16132 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
16134 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16135 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16136 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16139 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16141 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16142 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16143 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16144 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16151 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16152 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16154 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16155 /* xgettext:c-format */
16156 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16157 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16158 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16159 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16163 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
16165 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
16167 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16172 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
16174 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
16176 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16177 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16178 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16179 reduced to a relocation against their
16180 section symbol because it holds the
16181 address of the section, not a value
16182 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16183 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16184 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16185 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16186 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16187 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
16192 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16195 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
16196 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
16197 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
16199 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
16200 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16202 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
16205 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16206 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16207 the output section's address but not the
16208 offset of the input section in the output
16210 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
16213 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16217 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
16219 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16220 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16222 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16224 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16225 else if (is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16226 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16228 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
16231 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
16234 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
16235 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16236 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16238 if (!warned_dynamic
16239 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
16241 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16242 /* xgettext:c-format */
16243 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
16244 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
16246 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
16248 warned_dynamic
= TRUE
;
16251 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16252 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16253 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16254 that the section contents are a known value. */
16257 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16258 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16259 ignores section contents except for the special
16260 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16261 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16262 cause reloc overflow. */
16265 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16266 to improve backward compatibility with older
16268 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
16269 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
16270 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16271 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
16272 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
16278 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
16279 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16280 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
16281 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16282 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16284 /* Fall through. */
16286 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
16287 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16288 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16289 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
16290 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
16291 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16292 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
16293 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
16294 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16296 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16297 /* xgettext:c-format */
16298 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16300 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
16302 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
16307 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16308 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16309 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16315 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16316 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16317 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16318 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16319 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16320 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16321 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
16322 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
16323 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
16324 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
16325 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
16326 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
16330 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16331 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16332 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16333 /* Fall through. */
16334 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16335 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16337 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
16338 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16339 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16341 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
16342 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16343 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
16344 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
16345 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
16349 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16350 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16351 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16353 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16358 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16359 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16360 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16361 /* Fall through. */
16362 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16363 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16365 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16366 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
16367 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
16368 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16373 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16374 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16376 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16379 /* Fall through. */
16380 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16381 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16382 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16383 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16384 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16385 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16386 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16387 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16391 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16392 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16397 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16398 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16399 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16401 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16404 /* Fall through. */
16405 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16406 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16407 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16408 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16409 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16410 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16411 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16412 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16413 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16414 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16416 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16417 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16418 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
16420 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
16421 insn
&= ~((0x3f << 26) | (0x1f << 16));
16422 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
16426 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16429 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16433 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16434 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16436 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16437 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16438 if ((insn
& ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
16439 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)) /* addis rt,13,imm */)
16440 /* xgettext:c-format */
16441 info
->callbacks
->minfo
16442 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
16443 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16444 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, insn
);
16447 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16453 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16454 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16455 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16457 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16458 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16459 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16461 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16466 /* Do any further special processing. */
16472 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16473 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16474 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16475 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16476 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16477 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16478 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16479 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16480 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16481 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16482 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16483 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16484 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16485 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16486 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16487 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16488 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16489 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16490 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16491 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
16492 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
16493 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
16494 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
16497 /* Fall through. */
16499 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16500 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16501 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16502 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16503 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16504 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16505 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16506 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
16507 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
16511 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16512 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16513 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16514 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16515 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16517 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
16520 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16521 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16522 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16523 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16524 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16525 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16526 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16527 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16528 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16529 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16530 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16531 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16532 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16533 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16534 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16535 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16536 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16537 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16538 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16539 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16541 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
16542 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
16543 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
16544 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
16545 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
16546 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
16547 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (56u << 26)
16548 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
16550 relocation
+= addend
;
16551 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
16552 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
16554 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
16555 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16556 /* xgettext:c-format */
16557 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
16558 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16559 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16561 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16568 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
16569 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
16570 not process them. */
16571 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
16572 if (unresolved_reloc
16573 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
16574 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
16575 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
16576 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
16578 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16579 /* xgettext:c-format */
16580 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
16581 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16583 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
16587 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
16588 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
16589 have different reloc types. */
16590 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
16591 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
16592 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
16594 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
16596 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16597 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
16598 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
16599 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
16600 ? ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
16601 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
16602 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
16603 : ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
16604 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
16605 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
16606 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
16607 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
16609 alt_howto
= *howto
;
16610 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
16611 howto
= &alt_howto
;
16617 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
16619 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16620 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16621 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16622 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16623 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16624 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
16625 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
16626 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
16627 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
16628 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
16629 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
16630 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16631 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16633 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
16634 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
16635 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
16638 relocation
+= addend
;
16639 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
16640 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
16641 + input_section
->output_offset
16642 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
16643 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
16645 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16647 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16649 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
16650 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
16651 & howto
->dst_mask
);
16652 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16653 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16655 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
16656 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
16657 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
16658 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
16662 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16663 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
16664 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
16667 relocation
+= addend
;
16668 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
16669 + input_section
->output_offset
16670 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
16671 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
16672 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16674 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
16675 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16677 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
16678 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
16683 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
16684 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
16685 relocation
, addend
);
16688 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
16690 char *more_info
= NULL
;
16691 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
16693 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
16695 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
16696 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
16698 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
16699 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
16700 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
16701 reloc_name
= more_info
;
16705 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
16707 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
16708 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
16710 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
16712 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16713 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
16714 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
16715 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow (info
, &h
->elf
.root
,
16716 sym_name
, reloc_name
,
16718 input_bfd
, input_section
,
16723 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16724 /* xgettext:c-format */
16725 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
16726 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16727 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
16730 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
16740 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
16741 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
16743 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
16744 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
16745 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
16747 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
16749 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
16750 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16753 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
16754 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
16755 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
16758 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
16759 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
16760 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
16761 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
16762 opd_entry_value. */
16763 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
16766 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
16767 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
16768 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
16769 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
16772 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
16777 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
16780 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
16781 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16782 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
16783 asection
*input_sec
,
16784 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
16786 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
16793 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
16794 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
16797 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
16798 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
16799 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
16801 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
16805 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
16809 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
16810 dynamic sections here. */
16813 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
16814 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
16815 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16816 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
16818 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16819 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
16821 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
16825 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
16826 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16827 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
16829 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
16830 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
16831 any relocations where pointer equality matters
16832 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
16833 function pointer comparisons work between an
16834 application and shared library), otherwise set it
16836 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
16837 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
16839 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
16841 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
16842 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
16843 function pointer. */
16850 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
16851 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
16852 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
16853 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
16855 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
16856 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
16860 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
16863 rela
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
16864 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
16865 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
16866 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
16868 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
16869 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
16871 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
16872 loc
= srel
->contents
;
16873 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16874 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
16880 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
16881 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
16883 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
16884 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
16885 const asection
*rel_sec
,
16886 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
16888 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
16889 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
16891 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
16892 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
16894 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
16897 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16898 return reloc_class_relative
;
16899 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16900 return reloc_class_plt
;
16902 return reloc_class_copy
;
16904 return reloc_class_normal
;
16908 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
16911 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
16912 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
16914 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16918 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
16922 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
16923 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
16925 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
16927 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
16929 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
16932 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
16933 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
16934 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
16936 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
16939 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
16946 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
16948 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
16949 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
16950 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
16951 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
16952 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
16953 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
16957 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
16960 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
16964 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
16965 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
16966 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
16967 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
16968 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
16971 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
16972 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
16975 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
16979 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
16980 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
16984 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
16985 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
16989 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
16993 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
16994 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16995 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
16996 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
16997 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
16998 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16999 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17000 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17004 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
17008 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
17009 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17011 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
17012 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
17013 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
17014 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
17015 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
17017 /* Set .got entry size. */
17018 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17022 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
17023 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17025 /* Set .plt entry size. */
17026 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17027 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
17030 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
17031 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
17032 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
17033 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
17034 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17036 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
17037 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
17041 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
17042 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
17043 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17045 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
17046 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
17051 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
17052 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
17053 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
17054 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
17055 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
17056 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
17059 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
17060 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
17062 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
17066 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
17069 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
17072 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17073 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17074 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17077 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
17080 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17081 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17082 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17090 #include "elf64-target.h"
17092 /* FreeBSD support */
17094 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
17095 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
17097 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
17098 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
17099 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
17100 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
17103 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
17106 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
17108 #include "elf64-target.h"